Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Has the New York Times Gone Completely Insane?
September 25 2017 | From: TheAntiMedia

Crossing a line from recklessness into madness, The New York Times published a front-page opus suggesting that Russia was behind social media criticism of Hillary Clinton, reports Robert Parry.



For those of us who have taught journalism or worked as editors, a sign that an article is the product of sloppy or dishonest journalism is that a key point will be declared as flat fact when it is unproven or a point in serious dispute – and it then becomes the foundation for other claims, building a story like a high-rise constructed on sand.

Related: Google-Publishers Partnership Chases True News

This use of speculation as fact is something to guard against particularly in the work of inexperienced or opinionated reporters. But what happens when this sort of unprofessional work tops page one of The New York Times one day as a major “investigative” article and reemerges the next day in even more strident form as a major Times editorial?

Are we dealing then with an inept journalist who got carried away with his thesis or are we facing institutional corruption or even a collective madness driven by ideological fervor?

What is stunning about the lede story in last Friday’s print edition of The New York Times is that it offers no real evidence to support its provocative claim that – as the headline states – “To Sway Vote, Russia Used Army of Fake Americans” or its subhead: “Flooding Twitter and Facebook, Impostors Helped Fuel Anger in Polarized U.S.”



Related: The Crazy Imbalance of Russia-gate

In the old days, this wildly speculative article, which spills over three pages, would have earned an F in a J-school class or gotten a rookie reporter a stern rebuke from a senior editor. But now such unprofessionalism is highlighted by The New York Times, which boasts that it is the standard-setter of American journalism, the nation’s “newspaper of record.”

In this case, it allows reporter Scott Shane to introduce his thesis by citing some Internet accounts that apparently used fake identities, but he ties none of them to the Russian government. Acting like he has minimal familiarity with the Internet – yes, a lot of people do use fake identities – Shane builds his case on the assumption that accounts that cited references to purloined Democratic emails must be somehow from an agent or a bot connected to the Kremlin.

For instance, Shane cites the fake identity of “Melvin Redick,” who suggested on June 8, 2016, that people visit DCLeaks which, a few days earlier, had posted some emails from prominent Americans, which Shane states as fact – not allegation – were “stolen … by Russian hackers.”

Shane then adds, also as flat fact, that “The site’s phony promoters were in the vanguard of a cyberarmy of counterfeit Facebook and Twitter accounts, a legion of Russian-controlled impostors whose operations are still being unraveled.”



Related: CNN Journalists Resign: Latest Example Of Media Recklessness On The Russia Threat


The Times’ Version

In other words, Shane tells us;


“The Russian information attack on the election did not stop with the hacking and leaking of Democratic emails or the fire hose of stories, true, false and in between, that battered Mrs. Clinton on Russian outlets like RT and Sputnik.

Far less splashy, and far more difficult to trace, was Russia’s experimentation on Facebook and Twitter, the American companies that essentially invented the tools of social media and, in this case, did not stop them from being turned into engines of deception and propaganda.”

Besides the obvious point that very few Americans watch RT and/or Sputnik and that Shane offers no details about the alleged falsity of those “fire hose of stories,” let’s examine how his accusations are backed up:


“An investigation by The New York Times, and new research from the cybersecurity firm FireEye, reveals some of the mechanisms by which suspected Russian operators used Twitter and Facebook to spread anti-Clinton messages and promote the hacked material they had leaked.

On Wednesday, Facebook officials disclosed that they had shut down several hundred accounts that they believe were created by a Russian company linked to the Kremlin and used to buy $100,000 in ads pushing divisive issues during and after the American election campaign.

On Twitter, as on Facebook, Russian fingerprints are on hundreds or thousands of fake accounts that regularly posted anti-Clinton messages.”

Note the weasel words: “suspected”; “believe”; ‘linked”; “fingerprints.” When you see such equivocation, it means that these folks – both the Times and FireEye – don’t have hard evidence; they are speculating.

And it’s worth noting that the supposed “army of fake Americans” may amount to hundreds out of Facebook’s two billion or so monthly users and the $100,000 in ads compare to the company’s annual ad revenue of around $27 billion. (I’d do the math but my calculator doesn’t compute such tiny percentages.)



Related: The Non-Issue Of Trump Jr.’s Emails & Kremlin Derides US Media Buzz Of ‘Russian Meddling’ As Bordering On TV Soap Opera

So, this “army” is really not an “army” and we don’t even know that it is “Russian.” But some readers might say that surely we know that the Kremlin did mastermind the hacking of Democratic emails!

That claim is supported by the Jan. 6 “intelligence community assessment” that was the work of what President Obama’s Director of National Intelligence James Clapper called “hand-picked” analysts from three agencies – the Central Intelligence Agency, National Security Agency and Federal Bureau of Investigation. But, as any intelligence expert will tell you, if you hand-pick the analysts, you are hand-picking the conclusions.


Agreeing with Putin

But some still might protest that the Jan. 6 report surely presented convincing evidence of this serious charge about Russian President Vladimir Putin personally intervening in the U.S. election to help put Donald Trump in the White House. Well, as it turns out, not so much, and if you don’t believe me, we can call to the witness stand none other than New York Times reporter Scott Shane.

Shane wrote at the time:


“What is missing from the [the Jan. 6] public report is what many Americans most eagerly anticipated: hard evidence to back up the agencies’ claims that the Russian government engineered the election attack. …

Instead, the message from the agencies essentially amounts to ‘trust us.’”

So, even Scott Shane, the author of last Friday’s opus, recognized the lack of “hard evidence” to prove that the Russian government was behind the release of the Democratic emails, a claim that both Putin and WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who published a trove of the emails, have denied.



Related: Trump, Putin Up Against The US Deep State + New Report: DNC Files Copied Locally - Not Hacked By Russia

While it is surely possible that Putin and Assange are lying or don’t know the facts, you might think that their denials would be relevant to this lengthy investigative article, which also could have benefited from some mention of Shane’s own skepticism of last January, but, hey, you don’t want inconvenient details to mess up a cool narrative.

Yet, if you struggle all the way to the end of last Friday’s article, you do find out how flimsy the Times’ case actually is. How, for instance, do we know that “Melvin Redick” is a Russian impostor posing as an American? The proof, according to Shane, is that “His posts were never personal, just news articles reflecting a pro-Russian worldview.”

As it turns out, the Times now operates with what must be called a neo-McCarthyistic approach for identifying people as Kremlin stooges, i.e., anyone who doubts the truthfulness of the State Department’s narratives on Syria, Ukraine and other international topics.


Unreliable Source

In the article’s last section, Shane acknowledges as much in citing one of his experts, “Andrew Weisburd, an Illinois online researcher who has written frequently about Russian influence on social media.” Shane quotes Weisburd as admitting how hard it is to differentiate Americans who just might oppose Hillary Clinton because they didn’t think she’d make a good president from supposed Russian operatives: “Trying to disaggregate the two was difficult, to put it mildly.”

According to Shane;


“Mr. Weisburd said he had labeled some Twitter accounts ‘Kremlin trolls’ based simply on their pro-Russia tweets and with no proof of Russian government ties. The Times contacted several such users, who insisted that they had come by their anti-American, pro-Russian views honestly, without payment or instructions from Moscow.”



Related: Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up

One of Weisburd’s “Kremlin trolls” turned out to be 66-year-old Marilyn Justice who lives in Nova Scotia and who somehow reached the conclusion that “Hillary’s a warmonger.” During the 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi, Russia, she reached another conclusion: that U.S. commentators were exhibiting a snide anti-Russia bias perhaps because they indeed were exhibiting a snide anti-Russia bias.

Shane tracked down another “Kremlin troll,” 48-year-old Marcel Sardo, a web producer in Zurich, Switzerland, who dares to dispute the West’s groupthink that Russia was responsible for shooting down Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 over Ukraine on July 17, 2014, and the State Department’s claims that the Syrian government used sarin gas in a Damascus suburb on Aug. 21, 2013.

Presumably, if you don’t toe the line on those dubious U.S. government narratives, you are part of the Kremlin’s propaganda machine. (In both cases, there actually are serious reasons to doubt the Western groupthinks which again lack real evidence.)

But Shane accuses Sardo and his fellow-travelers of spreading “what American officials consider to be Russian disinformation on election hacking, Syria, Ukraine and more.” In other words, if you examine the evidence on MH-17 or the Syrian sarin case and conclude that the U.S. government’s claims are dubious if not downright false, you are somehow disloyal and making Russian officials “gleeful at their success,” as Shane puts it.



Related: Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder

But what kind of a traitor are you if you quote Shane’s initial judgment after reading the Jan. 6 report on alleged Russian election meddling? What are you if you agree with his factual observation that the report lacked anything approaching “hard evidence”? That’s a point that also dovetails with what Vladimir Putin has been saying – that “IP addresses can be simply made up. … This is no proof”?

So is Scott Shane a “Kremlin troll,” too? Should the Times immediately fire him as a disloyal foreign agent? What if Putin says that 2 plus 2 equals 4 and your child is taught the same thing in elementary school, what does that say about public school teachers?

Out of such gibberish come the evils of McCarthyism and the death of the Enlightenment. Instead of encouraging a questioning citizenry, the new American paradigm is to silence debate and ridicule anyone who steps out of line.

You might have thought people would have learned something from the disastrous groupthink about Iraqi WMD, a canard that the Times and most of the U.S. mainstream media eagerly promoted.

But if you’re feeling generous and thinking that the Times’ editors must have been chastened by their Iraq-WMD fiasco but perhaps had a bad day last week and somehow allowed an egregious piece of journalism to lead their front page, your kind-heartedness would be shattered on Saturday when the Times’ editorial board penned a laudatory reprise of Scott Shane’s big scoop.



Related: Steve Bannon Unleashes The Wrath Of The 'Grim Reaper' On Enemies Within - 'Absolutely' Going To War With Establishment Republicans + Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie – One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History

Stripping away even the few caveats that the article had included, the Times’ editors informed us that “a startling investigation by Scott Shane of The New York Times, and new research by the cybersecurity firm FireEye, now reveal, the Kremlin’s stealth intrusion into the election was far broader and more complex, involving a cyberarmy of bloggers posing as Americans and spreading propaganda and disinformation to an American electorate on Facebook, Twitter and other platforms. …


“Now that the scheming is clear, Facebook and Twitter say they are reviewing the 2016 race and studying how to defend against such meddling in the future. … Facing the Russian challenge will involve complicated issues dealing with secret foreign efforts to undermine American free speech.”

But what is the real threat to “American free speech”? Is it the possibility that Russia – in a very mild imitation of what the U.S. government does all over the world – used some Web sites clandestinely to get out its side of various stories, an accusation against Russia that still lacks any real evidence?

Or is the bigger threat that the nearly year-long Russia-gate hysteria will be used to clamp down on Americans who dare question fact-lite or fact-free Official Narratives handed down by the State Department and The New York Times?


Related Articles:


Ivy League Reputation Damaged? Harvard Professors Publish 'Fake News' On Russia

Alex Jones: Smart Black Woman Slams Fake Race War

Stephen Lendman: 'Inconceivable that Turkey acted independently - Washington complicit in downing Russian jet?'



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Sloppy U.S. Spies Misused A Covert Network For Personal Shopping - And Other Stories From Internal NSA Documents
August 15 2017 | From: TheIntercept

NSA agents successfully targeted “the entire business chain” connecting foreign cafes to the internet, bragged about an “all-out effort” to spy on liberated Iraq, and began systematically trying to break into virtual private networks, according to a set of internal agency news reports dating to the first half of 2005.




In this May 1, 2003 file photo, President George W. Bush gives a “thumbs-up” sign after declaring the end of major combat in Iraq as he speaks aboard the aircraft carrier USS Abraham Lincoln off the California coast

British spies, meanwhile, were made to begin providing new details about their informants via a system of “Intelligence Source Descriptors” created in response to intelligence failures in Iraq. Hungary and the Czech Republic pulled closer to the National Security Agency.

Related: Snowden Archive -The SidToday Files

And future Intercept backer Pierre Omidyar visited NSA headquarters for an internal conference panel on “human networking” and open-source intelligence.

These stories and more are contained in a batch of 294 articles from SIDtoday, the internal news website of the NSA’s core Signals Intelligence Directorate. The Intercept is publishing the articles in redacted form as part of an ongoing project to release material from the files provided by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden.

In addition to the aforementioned highlights, summarized in further detail below, the documents show how the NSA greatly expanded a secret eavesdropping partnership with Ethiopia’s draconian security forces in the Horn of Africa, as detailed in an investigation by longtime Intercept contributor Nick Turse.

They describe the NSA’s operations at a base in Digby, England, where the agency worked with its British counterpart GCHQ to help direct drones in the Middle East and tap into communications through the Arab Spring uprisings, according to a separate article by Intercept reporter Ryan Gallagher.




Related: Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook

And they show how the NSA and GCHQ thwarted encryption systems used to protect peer-to-peer file sharing through the apps Kazaa and eDonkey, as explained here by Intercept technologist Micah Lee.

NSA did not comment for this article.


American Intelligence Agents Outed Themselves Online

Members of the U.S. intelligence community routinely thwarted a system designed to mask their identities online by using it for personal shopping and to log on to websites, according to an NSA information technology manager.

The system, called “AIRGAP,” was run by “one of the world’s largest ISPs” and created around 1998 at the behest of the NSA, according to NSA Internet Program Manager Charlie Speight, writing in SIDtoday. Its purpose was to allow “non-attribution internet access,” Speight added, meaning that intelligence analysts could surf the internet without revealing that they were coming from U.S. spy agencies. By 2005, it was used by the whole U.S. intelligence community.

One early concern about the firewall was that it funneled all internet traffic through a single IP address, meaning that if any activity on the address was revealed to be associated with U.S. spies, a broad swath of other activity could then be attributed to other U.S. spies.



Related: Global ISPs could be complicit in major spyware surveillance program

More IP addresses were subsequently added, but “occasionally we find that the ISP reverts to one address, or does not effectively rotate those assigned,” Speight wrote.

Speight added that the “greater security concern” was the very intelligence agents the system was designed to protect.


“Despite rules and warnings to the contrary, all too frequently users will use AIRGAP for registering on web sites or for services, logging into other sites and services and even ordering personal items from on-line vendors,” Speight wrote in a classified passage.

“By doing so, these users reveal information about themselves and, potentially, other users on the network. So much for ‘non-attribution.'”

This sort of sloppiness mirrors behavior that has undermined Russian intelligence operatives. A slide presentation by Canadian intelligence, dating to 2011 or later, labeled as “morons” members of a Russian hacking group code-named “MAKERSMARK,” who thwarted a “really well-designed” system to hide their identities by using it to log on to their personal social and email accounts.




Edward Snowden: The Deep State & Revolution - Why we need to become Active Today







The two situations are not perfectly comparable; the U.S. system was managed as part of a network for obtaining unclassified information, while the Russian system was used for the more sensitive activity of staging hack attacks.

But Speight hinted at aggressive use of the U.S. system, writing in his piece that the NSA had begun “using AIRGAP for reasons and in volumes not intended in its formation” - the agency thus began developing its own separate firewall.

The NSA had systems with the same goal as AIRGAP - anonymization - but for phone calls. According to a February 2005 SIDtoday article, the NSA controlled 40,000 telephone numbers, but these were almost all prefixed with area- and exchange-code combinations that were publicly associated with the agency.

An analyst who needed to make a public phone call without leaking their affiliation could use “anonymous telephones,” most of them registered to Department of Defense, or “cover telephones,” registered using alias names and P.O. boxes. No security protocol lapses were described in connection with the old-fashioned voice networks.

Iraqi youth surf the web at an internet cafe in Baghdad’s impoverished district of Sadr City, Nov. 15 2007


NSA Targeted “the Entire Business Chain” to Spy on Internet Cafes

While hiding, or at least trying to hide, its own online operations, the NSA launched an all-encompassing campaign to trace online activity in internet cafes, down to specific seats.

A program called “MASTERSHAKE” accomplished this by exploiting equipment used by the cafes, including satellite internet modems, according to top-secret information reported by SIDtoday.


“MASTERSHAKE targets the entire business chain, from manufacturer to Internet café installation, to ascertain any and all available data regarding … geolocation, the network connectivity of the modem, as well as the actual physical location of the installation,” according to SIDtoday.

MASTERSHAKE data was “enriched” with other information, including “geolocatable phone events,” as well as intelligence from throughout the NSA’s Signals Intelligence Directorate and from the agency’s XKeyscore search system.

The NSA knew the precise location of over 400 internet cafes. For over 50 of these cafes, it could locate a target to a specific seat within the cafe. One goal of the monitoring was to hunt down Al Qaeda leaders, like Abu Musab al-Zarqawi.

SIDtoday focused on the use of MASTERSHAKE in Iraq, describing an incident in the city of Ramadi where two “counterterrorism targets” began using a messenger service at an internet cafe, and “within about 15 minutes the two men were arrested.” But it also indicated the system was used more broadly, “in the Middle East and Africa.”

As the Intercept previously reported, the NSA has surveilled internet cafes in Yemen, Afghanistan, Syria, Lebanon, and Iran, as detailed in agency documents.



Sunni Arab member of Iraqi Transitional National Assembly and a candidate for the post of parliament speaker Misha’an al-Juburi speaks on the phone April 2, 2005 in Baghdad


An “All-Out Effort” To Spy on Liberated Iraq

The NSA’s surveillance against Iraqis went far beyond cafe computers. Two years after President George W. Bush’s infamous “Mission Accomplished” speech and a year after the Coalition Provisional Authority handed over the reins to the Iraqi Interim Government, the agency was trying to tap the nation’s communications - and enlist friendly Iraqis and the new government to do likewise.

In a top-secret SIDtoday report, an NSA “data acquisition lead” in Baghdad described “an all-out effort to penetrate Iraqi networks using everything in the tool box of the most sophisticated SIGINT agency in the world.” The “very forward-leaning and aggressive” collection effort brought “our technology to bear at the optimum access points” in the country.

The identity of those access points is hinted at by the list of people the NSA staffer met with as the “field rep on a number of projects”: “Iraqi government personnel engaged in telecommunications and IT issues for Iraq; small and medium sized Iraqi communications contractors; the CEO’s and Chief Technical Officers of the major Iraqi telecommunications service providers; [and] Iraqi cabinet level officials,” among others.

Another article confirmed the NSA was spying on Iraqi telecommunications, describing a “dramatic drop” in information the agency collected from links carrying mobile phone traffic between Fallujah and northern Baghdad and a consequent gap in intelligence gathering. A team from the NSA and CIA was able to restore the collection within two weeks by targeting microwave signals carrying the traffic.



Related: The Deep State: How it Came to Be and Why it Fights so Hard

In addition to its own electronic spying within Iraq, the NSA sought to rebuild the country’s ability to spy on itself through another joint project with the CIA, along with GCHQ. The Western intelligence entities would build a new Iraqi spy agency, dubbed the Iraq SIGINT Element, according to another SIDtoday article.

The Iraqi SIGINT Element’s expertise would come, of course, from veterans of Saddam Hussein’s regime; the NSA and GCHQ made a list of candidates “gleaned from years of targeting the Iraqi civil and military SIGINT units,” SIDtoday reported. The former targets were the new recruits.

The CIA assisted in the vetting process with polygraphers, psychologists, and background checks, and the NSA trained the selected candidates on “how we do SIGINT.” The new intelligence agents’ first assignment was to find communications of former Saddam “elements” and insurgents in Baghdad. They went covertly into Baghdad neighborhoods, which U.S. and U.K. forces were unable to do.

It was at the behest of the director of central intelligence that the NSA “moved aggressively to help [Iraq] establish and enhance their signals intelligence capabilities,” SIDtoday reported separately. A similar effort was underway in Afghanistan. “Both relationships come with risks, but the overall benefit to U.S. objectives in the region outweighs these risks,” wrote an NSA foreign affairs staff officer.

An Iraqi soldier checks the detonator on spot where an improvised explosive device blew up as a convoy of the 1st battalion 327th infantry regiment was driving along a country road on the outskirts of the northern city of Hawija, Dec. 25, 2005


Targeting Bombers in Iraq

Mass surveillance efforts in Iraq were part of a broader NSA effort to address the consequences of the coalition’s victory over Saddam Hussein. Immediately after the Ba’athist government fell to the invading forces in 2003, signals intelligence collection on the regime ceased to exist.

NSA staff, some of whom had been monitoring the country for more than a decade, woke up to “no more audio cuts, no more transcripts … no more product reports,” according to an account in SIDtoday.

One official wondered, “Will we lose resources because of our success?” Postwar insurgency and sectarian strife ensured this was not the case.

For example, an NSA team set about thwarting detonation systems for bombs set by insurgents. The bombs, known within the U.S. military as improvised explosive devices, were triggered from a distance, often using high-powered cordless phone systems, in which a common base station, controlled by a triggerman, connects to a cluster of wireless handsets.



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

The team devised a way to locate triggermen: Intercepting and identifying security codes emitted by captured handsets. The codes, intended to tether a handset to a particular base station, could then be used to locate base stations, resulting in military targeting and “hopefully, the IED makers neutralized,” SIDtoday stated.

The NSA may have had a chance to deploy this technique at the end of January 2005, when Iraq’s first parliamentary elections took place. An article in SIDtoday said that signals intelligence helped prevent 50 to 60 suicide bombers from making it into polling centers. Still, 285 other insurgent attacks occurred that day, and CNN reported several incidents of suicide bombings that hit police officers and Iraqis waiting to vote.


How British Spies Were Made To Atone for Bad Iraq Intel

In Iraq and elsewhere, the NSA expanded the scope of its intelligence sharing to U.S. government “customers,” as described in a January 2005 article, in which an NSA staffer in Baghdad read a new sharing guideline aloud to a hesitant colleague: “It’s OK to talk about, show and share evaluated, minimized unpublished SIGINT to customers/partners in order to facilitate analytic collaboration.”

Even amid the aggressive intelligence sharing, the NSA was taking note of what could happen when such sharing went terribly wrong. A SIDtoday story about a British government inquiry into prewar intelligence on Iraq, the Butler Review, describes how the U.K.’s signals intelligence agency GCHQ was now required to provide “Intelligence Source Descriptors” on all intel reports.

This requirement came in response to the finding that the British foreign spying agency, MI6, did not adequately check human sources and relied on third-hand reporting about Iraqi chemical weapons, including “seriously flawed” information from “another country’s intelligence service.”

The new British source descriptors would include identification of sources by name or role along with judgments on whether the source had direct or indirect access to the information reported. The GCHQ descriptor would also indicate whether a source is “reliable,” “unknown,” or “uncertain” as to reliability. “There are no plans at present to use a like program on NSA reports,” SIDtoday reported.

Despite reporting on fallout from the U.K. postwar review, SIDtoday did not cover a U.S. presidential commission that prominently reported in March 2005 on how the American intelligence community was “dead wrong” in its prewar assessment of weapons of mass destruction in Iraq.

The Czech External Intelligence Service Headquarters (ÚZSI)


NSA Works with Hungary, Pakistan, Ethiopia - and an Eager Czech Republic

In parallel with its efforts to share information with more U.S. government and intelligence agencies, the NSA also forged connections with foreign partners whose collaboration would have, in previous decades, seemed inconceivable.

In early 2005, the NSA entered into a partnership with Hungary’s Military Intelligence Office, inviting the spy agency to “work with NSA as part of our extended SIGINT enterprise,” according to SIDtoday, and “write SIGINT reports for dissemination through the NSA system to our intelligence community customers.” The partnership allowed the NSA to tap into the Hungarian agency’s “unique access to Serbian and Ukrainian military targets.”

A contemporaneous NSA visit to the Czech Republic, as described in SIDtoday, showed how such “third party” partnerships can come to fruition. The trip was conducted to establish whether the NSA should partner with the Czech External Intelligence Service, or ÚZSI, which wanted to tap NSA expertise “on many technical issues.” In order to win over the Americans, spy agency “personnel essentially opened the door to their SIGINT vault,” displaying an “exceptional degree of openness.”

The NSA team came away impressed, judging ÚZSI “exceptionally good at analysis of material associated with Russian [counterintelligence] targets,” and impressed with the agency’s “very good analytic effort against Russian and Ukrainian HF networks” and “overall levels of sophistication, knowledge, practical experience, ingenuity and enthusiasm that allow them to overcome many financial and equipment shortfalls.”



Related: Anti-Surveillance Camouflage for Your Face

Perhaps best of all, ÚZSI “has not requested financial support from the NSA.” The Czech Republic eventually became a third-party partner.

A March 2005 SIDtoday article, summarizing a briefing from the NSA’s principal director for foreign affairs, alluded to agency “relationships” with Pakistan and Ethiopia, “work” with Iraq (discussed elsewhere in this article) and Afghanistan, and a “multinational collaboration in the Pacific.”

More generally, third parties became vital at this time simply for providing additional staffing and coverage. For instance, after the U.S. closed several bases, the NSA developed a reliance on third-party partners to participate in High Frequency Directional Finding networks for locating the origins of targeted radio signals.

And the U.S. partnered with Hungary’s military intelligence organization in part because it “has been instrumental in providing intelligence that answers high-priority CIA and DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) requirements that NSA would otherwise not be able to answer due to manpower constraints.”


Intercept Backer Spoke at NSA Headquarters

Back in the U.S., the NSA’s post-9/11 “transformation,” initiated by Director Michael Hayden, promoted information sharing and collaboration to the traditionally closed community at Fort Meade. Invitations to participate at agency seminars and conferences were made not just to partners from the intelligence and military communities, but also to members of private industry and academia.

An announcement in SIDtoday for the third annual Analysis Conference from the NSA’s Analysis and Production division proclaimed the need to “keep communications open and leverage our partners’ insights.” Speakers at the May 2005 event, held at agency headquarters, included authors, U.S. senators, corporate executives, and journalists.

One “high-powered panel” at the conference on “human networking” featured eBay founder Pierre Omidyar, who would go on to provide funding for The Intercept, which covers and is frequently critical of the NSA.



Related: Abe Passes Controversial Bill Boosting Japan Surveillance Powers

A separate SIDtoday article touting the panel  indicated that corporate anthropologist Karen Stephenson and Wired founding executive editor Kevin Kelly also participated and that panelists were recruited through the Global Business Network, a consulting firm specializing in scenario-based forecasting.

The GBN had been asked to harness its network of experts, “most of whom have had no previous involvement with the intelligence community,” to apply strategies from “the competitive marketplace” to NSA challenges.

Omidyar told The Intercept that the GBN:


“Asked me to participate in an unclassified meeting at NSA headquarters at Fort Meade on the topic of ‘open source’ intelligence. My recollection of the people I met there is that they were very smart and genuinely interested in bringing outside ideas into the agency. I stayed involved with the GBN for some time after that meeting but when they approached me many months later to participate in additional meetings with the NSA, I declined.

The invitation was made after news broke in December 2005 about the agency’s ‘warrantless wiretapping’ - and those events were deeply concerning to me. In addition, I didn’t have anything else to add beyond what I had already shared. I was not asked to meet with the NSA again after declining that invitation.”

Omidyar said he was not paid for his appearance.



India tested its medium-range submarine-launched ballistic missile system. It was launched from a secret location in the Bay of Bengal from a depth of 50 meters


Advanced Word on Indian Nuclear Weapons

A series of nuclear weapons tests conducted by India in the spring of 1998 took the intelligence community by surprise, prompting an internal investigation into why these tests had not been foreseen; a subsequent report was harshly critical of the U.S. intelligence community. A similar lapse in data gathering would not happen again in 2005.

An Australian NSA site, RAINFALL, isolated a signal it suspected was associated with an Indian nuclear facility, according to SIDtoday. Collaboration between RAINFALL and two NSA stations in Thailand (INDRA and LEMONWOOD) confirmed the source of the signals and allowed for the interception of information about several new Indian missile initiatives.

Although these missile systems did not come to public attention for several more years (the Sagarika submarine-launched ballistic missile was first tested in 2008), the NSA’s access to these signals gave them foreknowledge of their Third Party SIGINT partner’s (see last image) actions.


Attacking VPNs

An NSA working group focused on virtual private networks, or VPNs, was established in November 2004 to “conduct systematic and thorough SIGINT Development of VPN communications (typically encrypted),” SIDtoday reported - meaning that the agency wanted to break into the networks.



The group published regular “VPN Target Activity Reports” on a large number of countries throughout Europe, the Middle East, North Africa, Russia, and China, as well as “specific financial, governmental, communication service providers and international organizations.” These reports may help analysts “exploit targets’ VPNs more successfully.”


Women at the NSA

Sonia Kovalevsky Days take place at schools and colleges nationwide, with competitions and talks to encourage young women to pursue careers in mathematics. Although the events’ namesake was a radical socialist and pioneering female mathematician, members of the NSA’s Women in Mathematics Society participated as part of the agency’s effort to recruit more female mathematicians.

The NSA believed itself to be the largest employer of mathematicians in the country, but between 1987 to 1993, only one of the 30 math Ph.D.s the agency hired identified as a woman, and only 26 percent of women hired into the agency’s mathematics community had an advanced degree, according to SIDtoday.



Related: The Raid: In Bungled Spying Operation, NSA, GCSB & SIS Targeted Pro-Democracy Campaigner

After the Women in Mathematics Society was formed, from 1994 through 2005, about 38 percent of women mathematicians hired into NSA had a doctoral degree and 27 percent held a master’s degree.


Hold the Spam, Please

“Spam affects NSA by impeding our collection, processing and storage of [Digital Network Intelligence] traffic,” said the author of a February 2005 SIDtoday article. “Unfortunately, filtering out spam has proven to be an extremely difficult and cumbersome task.”According to the author, analysts developed technology that tagged “an average of 150,000 spam sessions a day,” which greatly reduced the amount of spam that shows up in “daily searches” of intercepted emails.

Correction: September 13, 2017, 9:15 p.m. - Due to an editing error, an earlier version of this story gave an incorrect year for the NSA’s third annual Analysis Conference; the event occurred in May 2005, not May 2015.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview With The Health Ranger
September 26 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Geoengineering expert and weather control analyst Dane Wigington unloads the true globalist agenda behind weather control technology in a fascinating one-hour interview with the Health Ranger of Natural News.




The interview covers the existence of weather engineering technology, who controls it, how it’s deployed and why the United States is being targeted now that President Trump is in the White House.

Related: First they HAARPed You, then Sell You the “Catastrophe Bonds’

“Geoengineering” refers to alterations of the atmosphere, a subject that’s openly endorsed by Harvard scientists and mainstream researchers. Geoengineering experience, in fact, are being openly conducted by academic scientists right now in an effort to dim the sun and initiate “global cooling.”

Dane Wigington of GeoengineeringWatch.org explains that geoengineering technology has advanced far beyond the application of particulate matter into the atmosphere. According to Wigington, advanced technology can now augment and steer large weather systems into their intended targets.

This, he explains, enables globalist camps to “weaponize” weather systems and transform them into weapons of mass destruction.

As revealed in the interview, below, the key advantage of weaponized weather systems is that their hugely destructive effects - over $90 billion in damage in Houston alone from Hurricane Harvey - can simply be blamed on Mother Nature.



Related: Puerto Rico Direct Hit by Hurricane Maria… interview with Dane Wigington reveals “weather weaponization” may be the culprit

Weather weapons are, in effect, covert weapons where even the victims who have been struck by the weapon have no idea they’ve been deliberately targeted in a kinetic assault.

Not everyone believes in the existence of weather control technology, however, even though the U.S. patent office has granted patent approval status to at least 175 weather control inventions that exhaustively detail advanced technology systems for augmenting and steering large storms.

Additionally, it is common knowledge that scientists actively engineer almost everything else, including food and water. As I wrote in Natural News:


Many people find it difficult to believe that weather systems can be engineered, yet they readily accept the reality that the food supply is genetically engineered.

Municipal water systems are engineered and altered with fluoride and chlorine. The global money supply is engineered and heavily manipulated by central banks. All the news that appears in the corporate-run media is, of course, engineered to broadcast outright lies such as “the Russians stole the election.”

Human biology is engineered and altered by prescription pharmaceuticals, and even brain function is altered and engineered by psychiatric drugs.

Heavy metals such as uranium and plutonium have been engineered into atomic weapons, so why is it so difficult to believe that weather systems could also be engineered through advanced technology?
"

Watch the full interview with Dane Wigington here:



Related Articles:

Weather Wars Terrorism II; Sea Based Water Vapor Generator Ships and RF Steering Devices

Hurricane & Tornado Control Device, Patent Numbers, Sounds Waves & Fleets of F-18's

Weather Modification: Administrative Rules

Hurricane Maria: 4th Manmade storm in 3 weeks

Earthquakes Everywhere!

6.1 Earthquake Off New Zealand Follows 7.1 Quake near Mexico City - 119 Dead

Mexico, New Zealand - What's Next?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Judicial Watch Emails Show Hillary Invited Vladimir Putin To Clinton Foundation Gala
& Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA
September 26 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / TheGatewayPundit

Shocking emails obtained by conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch show that Hillary Clinton invited Vladimir Putin to a Clinton Foundation gala back in 2009.



Just a couple months into Hillary Clinton’s term as Secretary of State, the Clinton Foundation invited Vladimir Putin and other leaders to the Clinton Global Initiative’s 2009 annual gathering.

Related: Former Bush Official: “All Trump Supporters Are Racists”

The email containing the list of leaders who were invited was forwarded in March of 2009 from the Director of Foreign Policy of the Clinton Foundation Amitabh Desai to former Assistant Secretary of State Andrew Shapiro. Shapiro then forwarded it to Hillary’s foreign policy advisor Jake Sullivan showing a conflict of interest between the Clinton Foundation and the federal government.

Hillary Clinton was also seeking to ‘reset’ relations with Russia at this time. Remember that cheap plastic ‘reset’ button she handed the Russian Foreign Minister that actually said ‘overcharged’? What a disaster!

What about Hillary’s Uranium deal with Russia? Nearly 20% of the U.S.’s Uranium assets were sold to Russia while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State in exchange for $150 million to the Clinton Foundation.

Bill Clinton also gave a speech to the Russia-based Renaissance Capital in Moscow on June 29, 2010.

Bill Clinton spoke in Moscow for one hour for half a million dollars. (Breitbart)

But the media has pushed a Trump-Russia collusion conspiracy theory for almost a year with zero proof.



Related: Obama Refers to Himself 96 Times in 18 Minute Speech – Even Quotes Himself

Hillary Clinton used this projection technique on her opponent by acting like she was ‘anti-Putin’ and ‘anti-Russia’ while claiming Trump was somehow colluding with them.

Hillary Clinton was good friends with the Russians and Vladimir Putin until she no longer saw a way to profit off of them financially. She then turned them into the ‘boogie man’ in order to blame her loss on something and delegitimize President Trump.

What a truly sick woman. Thank God she lost the election. We really dodged a bullet.




There’s Something Wrong With Hillary


How is this dangerous sociopath still at large?

Hillary Clinton is like herpes. She’s painful, embarrassing, and won’t go away. Herpes Hillary. She’s a dangerous sociopath who needs to be locked up.






Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA

Hillary, who long during the campaign trail condemned “dark-money” Super-PACs, has funneled over 800K from her Campaign over to one of these very same outfits.



It has been revealed that the failed presidential candidate’s Super-PAC, “Onward Together”, is heavily backing “resistance” and Alt-Left extremist groups such as ANTIFA.

Related: Salvage: Obama and Blair to Return?

In building investigations, Daily Caller first discovered that Hillary transferred a mass sum of money from her campaign over to Onward Together:


“Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed 2016 presidential campaign to Onward Together shortly before announcing the group’s launch in May, documents the campaign filed with the FEC reveal."

Now, today, it has been revealed by Offended America exactly where that money is going:


Daily Caller reached out to five different Antifa linked groups, and only one was willing to deny donations from Onward Together. Soros-linked group, Indivisible, denied receiving financial support from Clinton or Onward Together.

“Onward Together has not given any financial support to us,” Helen Kalla, an Indivisible spokesperson, wrote to Daily Caller.

Kalla added that Clinton’s group has “been amplifying and highlighting our work through their digital networks,” which she explained has consisted of “retweeting [Indivisible], and they’ve highlighted our work via their emails to their list too.”

According to Federal Election Commission documents, Hillary Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed political campaign “Hillary for America” to her new Super-PAC “Onward Together”, before she announced the existence of the PAC in May, 2017.

Amid other disturbing details, it’s now been revealed that “Onward Together” is a 501(c)4 “Social Welfare” organization, which means that it’s not required to disclose many of the details of its operations to the public or disclose who its donors are.

By receiving campaign funds, and then furnishing the funds to Antifa terrorist groups, Clinton may have implicated many of her supported in a crime.

Hillary Clinton, now too old to run for office, will go back to doing what she’s always done best, round up money from anonymous sources, and then use that money to influence elections and peddle power."



Related Articles:

Obama DHS Secretary Jeh Johnson Offers to Help Controversial Chinese Billionaire with U.S Visa

Obama Goes Full Clinton Foundation With Series Of $400,000 Wall Street Speeches

Next month, Obama is holding a World Leaders Conference in Chicago. He is desperately attempting to salvage The Clintonised Democratic Party, before the November 2018 Mid-Term Elections.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead
September 25 2017 | From:

The current reality of man is heavily controlled by words. As a result of that, words play a big role in shaping the reality and culture of man.




Besides shaping the reality and culture of man, words also play an important role in trade. Some of the most important words used in the business of trading goods and services are related to the name.

Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean & It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

Your name plays a very important role in your life because it allows others to identify you and communicate with you. Furthermore, it allows you to operate in the realm of commerce and fiction, making it easier for you to trade goods and services with people not living close to you.

Having a name can be a wonderful thing but if you do not know how to use it wisely, it can be a curse and prevent you from living a happy life. One of the ways that your name can curse you is when you allow it to bond to your mind too deeply, causing you to think that your name is who you really are.

Your name has the power to trick your mind because it is made up of sigils (letters). Because of this, it is important to use your name wisely, so you do not become a victim of your name.



Related: How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

When you do not know how to use your name wisely, the Dark Magicians or the Elite can use it to imprison your body, mind and soul in the "land" of the legally DEAD. The best time to trick you to "live" in the land of the legally dead or the "sea" of the legally dead is on the day your mother gave "birth" to you.


How You Were Tricked to Live in the Land of the Legally Dead

The contract that the government used to trick your mother and father to agree to allow you to live in the "land" or "sea" of the legally dead is the birth certificate. This certificate is actually a certificate of a dead baby, which is why it has a legal name written on it.

The name or legal name is not you because your are living and made of flesh and blood. For evidence showing that the birth certificate is a death certificate, read my informative article titled The Law and You: How the Birth Certificate is Used to Take Away Your Natural Rights.

It is interesting to know that when you look up the word birth in A Dictionary of Law (1889), it tells you to "see Abandon, 2 (2)". The word abandon in section 2 (2) is defined by A Dictionary of Law (1889) using these exact words: "The act of a parent in exposing an infant of tender years (usually under seven) in any place, with intent wholly to desert it."



Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

Based on the definition in the previous paragraph, when your mother gave birth to you and your parents signed the birth certificate with your name on it, they unknowingly agreed to abandon you. This allowed the State to claim "you" as its property and ship "you" to the land of the legally dead (legal fiction).

Be aware that the word birth sounds almost identical to the word berth. Because they sound nearly identical, a judge or government agent can use them to trick you to think that he is talking about birth when he is actually talking about berth and vice versa. The word berth is defined as "sufficient space for a vessel to maneuver; sea room" or "a space for a vessel to dock or anchor".

Here is an excerpt from my Amazon best seller book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words that reveals how words are used to deceive you:


"When a ship is in the process of being docked, it is being guided to come to berth. The word berth is defined as “a space for a vessel to dock or anchor”.33 Based on this information, when a product is unloaded onto the dock, it just went through the berthing process, which is the process of delivering the product from the vessel/ship onto the dock.

Phonetically, the word berth sounds like the word birth. This is why when a woman is in the process of giving birth, she is said to be delivering a baby. The birthing process of a baby is related to the process of delivering a product on a ship. Every woman has a body.

Another word for body is vessel. A vessel can also be called a ship. The words body, vessel, and ship can all mean the same thing and be used to represent a woman’s body. This is why a ship is often referred to as “she” and the main ship is often called the “mother ship”.

To connect the dots, the process of a woman giving birth can also be defined as the process of delivering or berthing a product of a ship. Metaphorically speaking, the product is the baby and the ship is the woman’s body.

When you compare all the information that you just read about commerce and the sea business to the process of birthing a baby, you will see a strong connection between the berthing process of a ship and the birthing process of a baby.

By spelling the words berth and birth slightly different and making them sound almost the same, the Dark Forces and their minions (the Dark Magicians) can trick you to agree to be a product of a ship, so that they can have jurisdiction over you.

They know that they can not have jurisdiction over the real you (the living, breathing man or woman made of flesh and blood), which is why they need you to consent to be an artificial person, so that they can treat you like a product and make money by selling you on the stock market."

The process of tricking you to agree to be an artificial person is mostly done through the legal system, which is the system that deals with the DEAD. The legal system is controlled by the Vatican of the Holy Roman Empire, one of the biggest practitioners of magic spells.

The legal system is obsessed with magic spells, because certain magic spells have the power to summon the dead. This is why before a judge (also known as a magistrate/magi-strate, which is a magician) demands you to appear in court, a court agent needs to serve you a summons letter.



Related: The Court That Rules The World


Why a Summons Letter Is Used to Summon the DEAD

When a court agent serves you a summons letter, the first question he asks you is often related to your legal name, which 99 percent of the time is written in all capital letters on legal documents. For example, the court agent may ask you the question "are you JOHN DOE?"

If you were to answer yes to being your legal name and accept the summons letter, you would basically agree to play the role of a dead character. This occurs because the legal name is not living; instead it is a fictitious entity that has no life force of its own. As a result of that, it is as dead as a fictional character in a storybook.

The summons letter is used to summon the dead using you (the living man or woman) as the medium. This is why a court agent has to serve you a summons letter with your legal name on it before a judge can demand you to appear in court.

To connect the dots, when you accept a summons letter, whether you realize it or not, you agree to raise the dead so you can play the role of a dead character. In other words, you agree to be a zombie. This is why it is called a summons letter. What do witches do when they want to communicate with dead spirits? They summon them using certain magic spells.



Related: A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

Have you seen the TV series The Walking Dead? In this TV series, the zombies represent the sheeple who do not even realize that they are legally dead. In other words, from the perspective of the the Dark Magicians, you are the walking dead, get it? The zombie apocalypse is not something that could happen in the future. It is already here because the people are, in a sense, the walking dead!

To learn how to free yourself from the land or sea of the legally dead, you need to learn how to use words wisely. Furthermore, you need to learn how to use the power of Natural Law to exercise your natural rights. To learn how to do these things, visit my website EsotericKnowledge.me and become a member.


About the Author

Pao Chang is the author of EsotericKnowledge.me and OmniThought.org. For more content related to the article you just read, visit his websites and read his book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New DNA Evidence Nazca Humanoid Specimens Are Real
September 25 2017 | From: ExoNews

Transcript/extract of segments of the lecture given by Mr. Maussan on September 20, 2017 at the Ufology World Congress in Montserrat, Spain:




Mr. Jaime Maussan: On September 5, the results of DNA analysis of the BioTecMol laboratory arrived. I gave the samples to them on June 15. Tests were carried out to arrive at an extraordinary conclusion: 30% of this DNA is similar to the human being, but 70% is not. As it is the report of a laboratory says that surely they are of bacterial origin.

Related: Unexplainable Discovery: Ancient Indian Mandala Found At Peru’s Nazca Lines

Scientist-World's Largest Egyptian Obelisk Not Of Human Origin

However, in a more detailed analysis, it was found that only 20% is of bacterial origin and 80% of that 70% it was not possible to establish its origin or find another species on Earth that shares it. About 2,000,000 more sequences need to be determined and this will take from 6 months to 1 year aprox. These are preliminary results.

Biologist Ricardo Rangel (shown in a video interview by Mr. Maussan): Some 600,000 sequences / molecules with an approximate length of 150 nucleotides have been obtained through a massive sequencing process. Of the 4 samples that have been studied, between 19% and 30% of similarities to the human genome have been identified.



Related: An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

We have tried to compare databases using a progran known as BLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool), an international database based on the complete human genome and other organisms and more than 2000 micro organisms, of bacteria.

Sequences have not been found to have significant similarity to the human genome. Nor have they been found to have no similarities with the bacterial genome. We are comparing with animals like primates, the crocodile, the sea turtle to see if there are similarities and the results is that so far with the database we have there is no similarity. We still have a lot more DNA to sequence which will take us at least 6 months to 1 year.

Dr. José de Jesús Salce,  forensic medicine teacher for the Mexican Navy, has been contributing to this research in a personal capacity and referring about the smaller species (not about the larger specimen called “Maria”): “The location of the foramen magnum is interesting.

The base of the skull has a square, cubic shape when in most primates, if it is not round, it is oval. It would be the first time that we are observing a species with a large hole of cubic form with edges of a square type. The foramen magnum is located exactly in the middle of the skull or in the middle segment and not in the posterior or posterior third segment as usually occurs.



Related: Solar Warden: The Secret Space Program Built With Alien Technology

In a human being the viewing angle is an average of 140 degrees. Here, the position of the orbital spaces tells us about the possibility of having a wider viewing range of perhaps 180 degrees. The bone structure would allow a greater amplitude of the human being.

The oral cavity again emphasizes that it has a very small jaw would only allow swallowing but not chewing and we see the pneumatization (black spaces that are trabeculae or spaces in the bone that are probably pneumatized. They give lightness to the skull.

However, it does not diminish its capacity of resistance, that is to say, it remains rigid and resistant but is lighter, In addition, if they were to be pneumatized, this could favor the resonance of the skull, a resonance of a very weak sound that would be ultra sonic or sub sonic.

If the alteration had been made in life we would see the traces of surgery. And, if the alteration had been made after death, the tissue is not alive and therefore would not have regenerated and would not have regained its shape and the scars and the points of union would be noticed.

Regarding “Maria” the larger specimen, it is not possible (that two fingers in each hand have been cut and that phalanxes have been added) because the length of each bone is specific and this would give us traces that have been modified, cut or added. However, the anatomical correspondence between each bone and the relationship between them determines that it is not possible to alter or falsify these hands.”



Related: The Mexican Government Reveals Mayan Documents Proving Extraterrestrial Contact

Dr Raymundo Salas, Peruvian radiologist and expert in Tomography with 35 years of service said in a video tapoed interview that he determined that “María” (the larger specimen) had been a living being. She has internal organs (unlike mumies), perhaps even ovaries.

The roots of the phalanxes in the feet show that it would not have been possible to alter the feet. The tomography shown no mutilation. Also, the bones in the hands which are unusualy large (20 cm) connect with each other perfectly well and neither “Maria” nor “Wawita” (a similar mummy but of a 1 year old once living being) show signs of manipulation. T

he larger mummy “María” has a gynecoid pelvis but the sex of smaller mummy “Wawita” has not been determined. Dr. Salas said that the skulls (cephalic perimeter) are somewhat larger than normal and elongated. 

“María”:



Related: DNA Analysis Of The Paracas Skulls Proves They Are Not Human

“Wawita”:



Related: Life On Mars Oddities: ‘Traffic Light’ And Perfectly-Shaped Ball Spotted On Red Planet

In a video taped interview of Dr. Edson Salazar Vivanco (a Peruvian surgeon), Dr. Salazar Vivanco explained that: One of the small bodies (the decapitated body) has prominence in the iliac crest, absence of pubic bone, prominent clavicle, a single bone in the forearm that in the human we have the ulna and the radius, presence of carpal bone and 3 phalanges in 3 fingers.

In the leg below the knee a single bone instead of the tibia and fibula. In the tarsus of the feet a single bone joined to 3falanges. The skin is in the form of scales and porous to the touch. It resembles the skin of a lizard.  We were able to study 3 new small bodies and they were called “the family”.

Mr.Maussan reminded that – while there are 6 and 7 finger syndromes in human beings – there are no known 3 finger  human beings. 

He mentioned that few detractors have been recently commenting about the 60cm beings. “Why would they speak of them if (for them) ‘it was demnonstrated’ that the larger body is false?” He also noted that although they are similar as a species, each one has unique facial and individual features. He  mentioned that after noticing that one showed a bulge pelvic area, 3 eggs were discovered in one specimen under X rays. 

 

Related: Mars And Earth Have Same Ancient Man Rock-Engraving: Visitors To Both Planets?

Comment: We must consider biologist José de la Cruz Ríos’ study of the smaller specimens that look more reptilian in appearance. 

Mr. Maussan said in the conference in Montserrat that perhaps one of the reasons for so much resistance against this investigation (even within the ufological community) may be that history itself would have to be re-written. He and all the other researchers mentioned and also Mr. Thierry Jamin (who has been promoting this research almost from the begining)  have stated that they are willing to recant and say that they were mistaken if they are scientifically proven wrong. 

On the other hand, Mr. Maussan revealed that the Peruvian journalist, Mr. Jois Mantilla was taken to a cave like opening by “Mario” the huaquero who knows where the specimens are and – apparently – were they were found.

Here it is claimed that several of the mummies were found in Nazca, on a very steep hill. A video of this was shown during Mr. Maussan’s conference in Montserrat, Spain.



Commentary:

This research effort is excellent and very important! The investigation must continue but there already is enough robust evidence in favor of the extraordinary. We must support research! Get to the bottom in more detail to support a position in scientific debates. And repeat studies if possible.



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

It could very well be the definitive evidence that we are not alone because there are visitors from other worlds who have lived with us in the past or who still interact with us or maybe there are intelligent non-human beings in underground bases.

Be that as it may, the ufological society, paranormal researchers, researchers of the mysteries of the past, alternative thought, spirituality, and extraterrestrial contact must respond by joining when the moment arrives …. which is now!

Support research and even more research for humanity to awaken under whoever has the capacity and willingness to “wake up” and change paradigms towards a more connective and healthy worldview. Please share.

The conference (for now in Spanish) is available here.


Related Articles:

Nazca: Bodies of Evidence

Astonishing Updates On The Potential Alien Body Unearthed In Nazca, Peru. Unlike Anything We’ve Ever Found

The Extra-Terrestrial Presence


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ex-Trump Aide Sebastian Gorka Warns Of 'Significant Changes' To Senior White House Staff & Trump Slams UN Bureaucracy, Mismanagement, Urges To Enact ‘Bold Reform’
September 24 2017 | From: WashingtonExaminer / Infowars / Various

Former White House aide Sebastian Gorka warned Tuesday President Trump will likely shake up his administration in the coming months to fill it with individuals who are committed to his populist agenda.




"In the next few months, we should see some very significant changes in personnel of the highest levels of the administration – not because a Cabinet member decides to do it or the chief of staff, but because the president decides to," Gorka said during remarks at Hillsdale College's annual Constitution Day Celebration.

Related: Leftists Outraged Trump Didn’t Mention Russia In UN Speech

The ousted national security aide left the White House last month after facing pressure to resign from chief of staff John Kelly. He announced Tuesday he had signed on as chief strategist to the "MAGA Coalition," a pro-Trump group that aims to back political candidates who will "compete against globalist corporatists interests."

Gorka's departure from the White House came on the heels of a high-profile exit by Steve Bannon, who returned to the helm of Breitbart News after leaving his post as Trump's chief strategist.


“For the last seven months, most of the firings have had nothing to do with the president," Gorka, who maintains he resigned, said Tuesday. "In the next few months, I predict they will."

Gorka was highly critical of his former colleagues in the resignation letter he circulated to reporters following his ouster. He repeated several points of criticism on Tuesday, including his claim that establishment figures – or "the swamp," as he put it – are in ascendance inside the West Wing.


"Lots of people got suicidal when my boss, Steve Bannon, resigned," Gorka said. "And then they got really suicidal when I resigned."

"But it's OK," he continued. "Bringing us back to the foundings of this country is not a function of where Steve sits or whether I have a window in the Eisenhower building."

Rather, Gorka said he and Trump's allies on the outside are "in this for the long game" and remain committed to advancing his agenda even if current administration officials continue to stand in the way.


"It is very important to remember that this is a temporary state of affairs," Gorka said.


Related Articles:

Refugee Link to London Bombing Proves Trump Right

Trump Vindicated: Report Says Obama Government Wiretapped Trump Campaign

Polish president: Terrorism and migration are linked - "no doubt"

Emmys Tank in Ratings- Four Hour Trump Bash Was a Dud

Roger Stone: ‘The Feds Listened to My Phone Calls With Manafort Under a FISA Warrant’

Judge Napolitano: Obama Wiretapping Trump Tower Could Have Been To Help Hillary

Coverup Of Trump Wiretapping Blows Up In CNN / NYT Face! Trump 100% Correct

Epic: Matt Drudge Trolls Media Matters’ Russia Accusations - By Linking to Russian Media

Roger Stone: The Russian Collusion Delusion



Trump Slams UN Bureaucracy, Mismanagement, Urges To Enact ‘Bold Reform’

UN should keep “eye toward changing business as usual” and not be “beholden to ways of the past…,” Trump said

The United Nations must reform its culture of “bureaucracy and mismanagement” to better serve the world, President Donald Trump urged Monday.

Related: Full Speech: Trump addresses world problems at the 72nd UN General Assembly

Speaking at the UN building in New York, Trump called on the 72-year-old globalist institution to “be better at development, management, peace and security.”




President Trump calls for reforms at the United Nations

US Ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley and President Donald Trump lay out the case to make reforms to the United Nations.





“[I]n recent years, the United Nations has not reached its full potential because of bureaucracy and mismanagement,” Trump imparted.

“While the United Nations on a regular budget has increased by 140 percent, and its staff has more than doubled since 2000, we are not seeing the results in line with this investment.”

Trump said the organization must work to rebuild “the trust of the people around the world,” and should ensure nations pay their fair share.


“To honor the people of our nations, we must ensure that no one and no member state shoulders a disproportionate share of the burden, and that’s militarily or financially,” Trump said.

Additionally, “peacekeeping” objectives should be “clearly defined,” the president indicated, including ironing out metrics which help evaluate success.

The president also called on Secretary General Ban Ki Moon to “cut through bureacuracy, reform outdated systems, and make firm decisions to advance the UN’s core mission,” and encouraged the UN to keep “an eye toward changing business as usual and not being beholden to ways of the past which were not working.”

In the past, the UN has been criticized for, among other things, ignoring accusations of child sex rings and child rape lodged at UN peacekeepers working in Haiti, Africa, Brazil and other parts of the world, while no arrests have taken place.




President Trump Rocks The UN

Oh what a difference a Constitutional American President makes.

The United Nations is in a state of shock after having their spiral into decadence and globalist views blown to bits.

Related: Trump Slams Socialism At UN General Assembly - Faces Silence and Audible Gasps

Trump Addresses North Korea Venezuela And Iran In UN Speech.



Related Articles:

First Lady Melania Trump's Moving Speech at United Nations Luncheon

Theresa May's UN speech


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now
September 24 2017 | From: Geopolitics

Over 1,400 years later Khazarians are still proliferating unimaginable destruction, death and evil everywhere they go, only much worse than ever.




It’s a well-established historical fact that Khazaria was destroyed by both Russia and Persia (now Iran) in approximately 1250 AD, and with good reason.

Related: The World’s Problem is still America

Many years of prior very stern warnings had been given by Russia and Persia with no changes by the Khazarians.

The reason for this final destruction of the Kingdom of Khazaria was that its rulers and its people ignored these warnings that were made jointly by Russia and Persia.

Russia and Persia had repeatedly instructed Khazarian leadership that Khazaria as a nation and people had to change from its evil, inhuman ways and stop parasitizing its neighbors, or suffer complete destruction.

Khazarians were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, rapists, pedophiles, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler King Bulan did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.

When Khazaria was finally destroyed in about 1250 AD by Russia and Persia, it had been literally terrorizing, robbing, murdering and parasitizing neighbors and travelers for over 500 years.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

These endemic Khazarian criminal behaviors were institutionally supported by their leaders and by the Khazarian culture.

There was no rule of law in Khazaria, only the rule of manipulation, sociopathy, might, violence and evil.

Khazarians had repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria. Traveling in or near or through Khazaria was usually a fatal mistake. Women were often raped and then murdered afterwards or, if young enough, taken as sex slaves.

Khazaria was known by other surrounding nations as a lawless, evil nation that allowed the worst crimes against neighbors and travelers imaginable. Khazaria was known as the epitome of selfishness and evil, from the King all the way down to the average citizen.

It is now known for certain from peer-reviewed genetic studies done at Johns Hopkins that Khazarians carry absolutely no ancient Hebrew blood and are not Semites at all, and never were.



Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

Khazarians’ origin is believed to have been a hybridization between Turks and Mongols, with absolutely no genetic ties to the ancient Hebrews.

It is truly interesting that these Khazarians have absolutely no ancient Hebrew Blood at all, none, although their leaders usually claim to carry ancient Hebrew Blood and to be Semites, when they are not Semites at all, and have absolutely no ancestral rights to any land in the Mideast.

About 80% of the Palestinians carry ancient Hebrew Blood and thus are true Semites, and hold an un-abandoned, absolute ancestral right to all of Palestine, despite any Khazarian claims, which are all based on lies and political intrigue.

Thus it is fair to claim that the Israelis are not only NOT Semites at all, but are the biggest anti-Semites in the whole world for their massive land theft of Palestinian land and genocide against Palestinians.

And despite this stark reality, top Khazarians immediately accuse anyone that criticizes them or Israel of being anti-Semites – an obvious fallacy.

It is now becoming obvious to many that Israel is a deeply racist Khazarian state that is continuing the same anti-social criminal patterns that led to its destruction around 1250 AD.


Why Did Russia and Persia Destroy Khazaria in About 1250 AD?



The site of the Khazar fortress at Sarkel, sacked by Sviatoslav c. 965 (aerial photo from excavations conducted by Mikhail Artamonov in the 1930s)

Related:
Bringing Down The Khazarian Project, German-Controlled European Union

The Russian and Persian leaders had had enough, in about 750 AD – Khazaria’s King Bulan was given an ultimatum jointly by both Russia and Persia that he had to select one of the three Abrahamic religions to “clean up” the Khazarian People.

Khazarians at the time were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.

They repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria, usually a fatal mistake.

When the problem reached epic proportions and could no longer be accepted by the surrounding nations and peoples, the Russian and Persian leaders formed a coalition and delivered a stern ultimatum to the Khazarian King Bulan.

This ultimatum was that Khazaria as a nation had to immediately change its ways, and to do this, King Bulan must select one of the three Abrahamic religions and institute it as the official required Khazarian state religion. King Bulan was told in no uncertain terms that the religion chosen must be indoctrinated in all Khazarians to serve as rules of conduct and as a basis for integrity and ethics that were previously completely absent.

King Bulan agreed and selected Torah Judaism as Khazaria’s official religion. This worked somewhat for a while, but soon Khazarians were drifting back to their old ways of national banditry, murder and gross parasitism of others from surrounding nations.

Instead of working to establish morals and ethics in his nation by making a serious attempt to practice Torah Judaism, King Bulan and his top staff actually were inducted into the Black Arts and Black Magic of Babylonian Talmudism, better known as Baal worship or Satanism. Externally this looks a lot like Torah Judaism and can be used as false cover, which it was.



Khazar Empire flag

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command

The reason this choice by King Bulan failed to become a permanent solution to the Khazarian mass sociopathy was because he himself never really accepted or practiced only Orthodox Torah Judaism and merely displayed a phony outward appearance of such.

Instead, he learned the black arts of Babylonian Talmudism and practiced the secret occult rites of Satanic demonology to gain more power, wealth and status.

King Bulan’s secret worship of Babylonian Talmudism (Baal worship, Satanism) was well-disguised by his phony outward presentation of Orthodox Torah Judaism as cover.

His heart was not in setting an example and leading his people away from the cultural sociopathy, inhumanity and criminality Khazaria had become known for.

At first when the ultimatum was delivered jointly by Russia and Persia, the Khazarians backed off somewhat from their ways for a while, fearing destruction. But their culture remained the same; and their old ways of abusing, robbing and murdering neighbors started back up again – this time even worse than before.



Alexander Solzhenitsyn with Vladimir Putin

Related: The Big Squeeze vs. Khazarian Mafia

Finally, in about 1250 AD, the situation became completely unacceptable to both Russia and Persia and they jointly decided to invade Khazaria and destroy it top to bottom.

The current King and his court were warned by his spies, and the top Khazarian nobility were able to flee with their great wealth of silver and gold before the invasion and destruction of Khazaria.

It is hard to know all the details about where this Khazarian Royalty went, but it appears that they continued practicing the Black Magick occult arts of Babylonian Talmudism and migrated to Italy and other western European nations.

Khazarian history has been carefully excised from most libraries in the Western world and one must dig to find it. Fortunately, Solzhenitsyn documented a fair amount of Khazarian history before he died.

The Truth about King Bulan and Khazaria’s destruction by Russia and Persia for its unrepentant evil is a closely guarded Khazarian secret even today, and Khazarian leaders greatly fear the disclosure of this to the masses.

These Khazarian royals who specialized in Babylonian Talmudic Satanism participated in child sacrifice because they believed it would provide them with more and more satanic powers.



Solzhenitsyn, historian

Related:
Here’s How Putin Will Defeat The Khazarian Mafia

These top Khazarians became known as the world’s greatest impostors, usually hiding in other groups by claiming to be part of that group’s genetic and cultural heritage.

Eventually these Khazarian Royals became adept at Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” that is, making money from nothing by the use of pernicious usury. They often assumed the identity of Judaics and claimed to have ancient Hebrew blood, when they had none and only carried Khazarian blood.

Soon they became the Vatican’s Bankers and were known as “Hof Juden” or “Court Jews” by the various Kings, Queens and royalty of the European nations.



Related:
Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

They were easily accepted by the Old Black European Nobility families that hijacked the Vatican who also practiced Babylonian Talmudism and gained power from the satanic, dark-side using secret child sacrifice.

Khazarians became accepted as Cutouts and tools of the Old Black European Nobility who were also Satanists practicing Black Magick occult rituals.



Cutouts and tools. Will anyone be sad when they are swept away?

Related: The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

But it is clear that these Khazarians were easily accepted by the Old Black Nobility because they worshiped Satan just like they, and shared in the secret Black Arts and Occult rituals such as child sacrifice. Soon the Khazarians bred their way into the British Royal families and other European Royal Families.

These top Khazarian leaders became known for their expertise in political intrigue, human compromise and blackmail, as well as the administration of hypnotic drugs and special poisons to create deaths that appeared to be due to medical conditions.

They gained control over the City of London when Napoleon was defeated, and proceeded to eventually gain control over all the western world’s monetary creation and distribution systems, which were all set up as private fiat systems with pernicious usury.

These top Khazarian “Black Magick” occult masters hijacked the American monetary creation and distribution system by setting up their own private so-called banking system – the Federal Reserve System in 1913.

Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

This was done by using sophisticated bribery, blackmail and human compromise schemes to gain enough votes in Congress and the President’s support to pass this clearly illegal, unconstitutional aberration, the greatest financial crime in history.



As an example – PNAC’s Khazarian Kagan family: Donald (dad) Victoria, Robert and Fred Kagan

Related: Khazarian Crime Syndicate: The Rotten Society We Live In


Khazarian Kingpins Established a Beachhead in America

Once the Khazarian Kingpins established a beachhead in America, they were able to buy up, bribe or human compromise almost all elected and appointed USG officials. Those that didn’t comply were sidelined or driven out by supporting competitors chosen by the Khazarian Kingpins.

Soon all the American political, governmental, corporate, law enforcement, Military and Intel systems were hijacked using the same methods. This has allowed the Khazarian Kingpins to parasitize America, which in practice means making serfs and wage slaves out of most Americans with little recourse.

America was then transformed into the Khazarian Kingpins’ tool to parasitize the rest of the whole world, as so well-described by John Perkins in his classic book, Confessions of an Economic Hitman.

The Khazarian Kingpins’ motto: buy everyone if possible, otherwise sidetrack them or kill them.



Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

Money creation and distribution systems were hijacked by the Khazarian Kingpins (called “the Moneychangers” by insiders) in every western nation of the world.

The Islamic nations refused to set up banking systems with pernicious usury; and that is why Islamic nations have been targeted for destruction by the Khazarian leaders ever since.

The USG is now being used to provoke any nation like Russia and China and some Mideast nations that refuse to let the Khazarians run their banking.

Khazarian Kingpins are called the leaders of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, because that is what it is, a Khazarian Mafia run by the Rothschild family Banksters who have been alleged to be high satanic masters.


Conclusion

History documents what the Khazarians were as a people back in the period of 750 AD to 1250 AD before Russia and Persia destroyed Khazaria for their unrepentant and unimaginably evil ways.

Their rulers and their people in general were bad to the bone suggesting that criminal psychopathology was institutional and culturally based. Others have claimed it is genetic too, but this remains to be studied scientifically.

When King Bulan claimed to have selected Judaism for his own and as Khazaria’s official state religion, he lied and promoted only an outward phony appearance of such while encouraging satanic Black magick practices and unimaginably evil occult rituals such as pedophilia and child sacrifice and blood drinking.

The question needs to by asked and answered – after well over 1,400 years, have the Khazarian bloodlines and their leaders changed their ways at all?



Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

Are they still a bandit race of hijackers, impersonators, deceivers, cheaters, thugs, and murderers?

Obviously, their top leaders have not changed at all and are in fact worse, because now they have destroyed whole nations and peoples at will, using the American military as canon fodder to commit genocide by war.

Or have only their top Kingpins and their chosen Khazarians undeservedly placed in top positions of power remained so unimaginably evil and inhuman?

Since Khazaria was destroyed in about 1250 AD, over 150 nations have booted out the Khazarians for their evil ways. Now because of the Internet, there is a growing awareness that top Khazarians are anti-human thieves, mass-murderers, deceivers and parasites upon the whole world.

The Boycott, Divest, Sanction movement (BDS) is evidence of this growing awareness. Looks like soon the whole world will repeat the actions of Russia and Persia in dealing with the Khazarians.



City of London statue

Related: The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire

Yes, the whole world is getting informed fast about this Khazarian problem, the world’s biggest problem, and has just about had enough of the Khazarians’ abuse and inhumanity. It’s almost a certainty that the Khazarian City of London private Rothschild FIAT World Banking System is going to soon be eliminated in the coming months.

This alone will decapitate the Khazarian command and control and power base worldwide. Doubt this then do some basic research on BRICS, AIIB, Silk Road System, Shanghai Gold Exchange, and the recent erosion of the US Petro Dollar system with Saudi Arabia accepting currencies besides the USD.

Khazarian Kingpins always hold their timeless, inter-generational grudge. The Bolshevik Revolution was revenge against Russia for its destruction of Khazaria in about 1250 AD.

Approximately 80% of the Bolsheviks were godless Khazarians who raped, pillaged, tortured and murdered over 100 million non-Khazarian Russian citizens. These Bolsheviks did the same thing to Germans when they entered East Germany at the end of WWII. It’s a fact that Bolshevism was Khazarianism in disguise. Same for Maoism.

America has been infiltrated and hijacked by the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, which is dead set on destroying the Christian and Deist Heritage of our Founding Fathers, along with our economy, borders, language, culture sex roles and marriage.

Khazarians have become the destroyers of society and everything that occurs naturally, that is, the natural order of things.




Unless Americans and citizens of the world wake up and displace
 these Khazarian Kingpins from their high positions of control that they obtained by hijacking, bribery, blackmail and human compromise or murder, America is doomed and so is the whole world.


Related Articles:


The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]


America's PC Plague a 'National Catastrophe' - Russia's #1 Anchor (Kiselyov)



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth
September 23 2017 | From: JonRappoport / JonRappoport

I wrote this piece based on my knowledge of mainstream reporters and their work, their lives, their forgotten hopes, their realizations (in some cases) that they’re trapped in a system.




Most of them don’t want to get out. They become creatures of the night they once wanted to illuminate.

Related: James O’Keefe Teases ‘Biggest Ever Media Investigation’ - Muses ‘People Will Be Fired’

You’re a mainstream reporter striving to stay afloat. The word has drifted down from the top that this is the season for inflicting wounds on Donald Trump, no matter what, no matter what happened or didn’t happen on a rumpled bed in a hotel room in Moscow, no matter what Putin did or didn’t do to influence the election, no matter who leaked the DNC emails to WikiLeaks, no matter what Michael Flynn said or didn’t say to a Russian on the phone, no matter who or what James Comey is fronting for; every real or possible or non-existent detail needs to be blown up into a gigantic scandal of the moment, this president has to go, and your assignment is to keep cutting him.

It’s beyond the point where anybody in your business cares who he is and what he’s done and what he’s doing, so pump up the hysteria, shove in the blade wherever you can, THIS is how your success will be measured, you want a light to shine on you, so attack, attack without let-up, don’t think, don’t think about what’s going on here, the important thing is:

The news business is: careers.

Having a career is life. Losing it is death.

Your career is on the line.

It doesn’t matter what you’ve done over the years, what you’ve written, what you’ve said, this is the big one.

You can’t lose your career.

You know what losing it means.

It means the end.

Losing your career is hanging around a bar until closing time and silently cursing the boss and the other reporters who are climbing faster up the ladder, it’s worrying about where the next story is coming from and how it can zing the editor’s brain so he grunts with satisfaction like an ape on a little throne.



Related: Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality

It’s all the while knowing that NO ONE at the newspaper or the network can put out a piece that will cause serious ripples in the behind-the-curtain power structure, and you know that because in the past, in what was supposed to be your finest hour, you carefully peeled just one glove from the body of a scandal that should have been stripped entirely naked for the public to see and then you were stopped.

Suddenly, for you, losing a career is desperately clinging to the biased political stance of the news division, clinging to it as if it were a message from God, it’s taking a piece of info that smells like a rotten slug from an anonymous source and turning it into caviar because it decorates a story that has no foundation whatsoever.

It’s pruriently hinting in a story that the enemy, as defined by the editorial staff and the publisher and the corporation that owns the soul of the publisher, is a despicable traitor who should be carted off in the middle of the night and dumped on a boat to the 10th circle of Hell, it’s being wired into who at the news division is moving up and who is moving down, who is the teacher’s pet and who is the bad boy at the back of the room.

It’s scouting out jobs that are coming up at rival networks, it’s knowing when dreaded staff layoffs are emerging over the horizon and how flimsy the severance packages will be, it’s grinding on preposterous assignments that have no function other than filling space, it’s pretending one political party or another will stave off the end of civilization, it’s your paycheck that handles the mortgage and the kid’s college fund although how does the kid get into college when he can’t even write a coherent paragraph unless he plagiarizes it from Wikipedia.



Related: Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up

It’s finally getting your teeth into a good story only to be told there’ll be no follow-up and you know exactly why because you know which person or corporation or advertiser would be rammed into handcuffs if you dug down a foot deeper, it’s forgetting you were once smart and sharp and alert and ready to roll as a member of the fourth estate on a mission to protect the public from the raging excesses of government.

It’s sitting for a half-hour with a Congressman and listening to him lie so extensively you can’t believe he knows he’s lying anymore because if he did know, how could he consciously keep up the charade every waking moment, it’s looking at THE elite anchor of your network and knowing he’s a complete cartoon of an ego on parade, it’s wondering how the public even in the depths of its trance can believe what is coming out of the mouth of that ego.

It’s lying in bed at night not recalling whether you took a sleeping pill, it’s tearing the cap off a bottle of antidepressant with shaking fingers after coming out of the drug store where you filled the prescription and swallowing a pill and three hours later sitting in your work-cubbyhole thinking with great and rising surety that you want to burn down the newsroom.

It’s standing in the kitchen of your silent apartment remembering you wrote a paper in college about the 1776 revolution although you can’t bring back one word of it now, it’s rubbing elbows with celebrities at a cocktail party on the Upper East Side and sensing a few B-listers are giving you a quick once-over to gauge whether you can do them any good and deciding you can’t.



Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

It’s having a dream you’re drowning in your bathtub and your editor is standing above you grinning with pistols in his hands, it’s sitting in the antiseptic office of a therapist who is telling you that getting a dog as a friend will rescue your state of mind, it’s standing in the newsroom on election night watching so-called analysts on big screens talking numbers and trends and possible outcomes and you’re thinking you’re supposed to be on the screen yourself but it hasn’t worked out that way.

It’s wondering whether selling Porches or hawking real estate would be a better option at this point, it’s wondering by what method you would commit the oh so grand gesture of suicide, because it should be grand, it should have some significance in the scheme of things, it can’t be a mere disappearance, can it, there would at least be a need for some sort of plan, would it be gun or slit wrist or rope or leap - and then you laugh - AND WHY DOES IT SOUND LIKE MUSIC - and then, THEN you recall that in your desk drawer there is a fat folder full of documents proving a major prime-cut number one advertiser for your newspaper, a major advertiser and a colossus apparently beyond the reach of any president with its far-flung global interests in brain-crippling pharmaceuticals and carcinogenic pesticides and real estate and banking is also - and how perfect is THIS - is also a giant HOG-RAISING FACTORY (millions and millions of oinking pigs) that has polluted the soil of half a southern state with hundreds of toxic chemicals and untold numbers and types of germs and the corporation has bribed its way into permission to create gigantic hog-feces lagoons that sit out in the sunlight year after year festering and percolating and seeping down into the groundwater and poisoning every form of life.



Related: Ivy League Reputation Damaged? Harvard Professors Publish 'Fake News' On Russia

And you sit there and nod to yourself and open the drawer and take out that fat folder of documents and you find a piece of blank paper and without thinking you write a brief note of resignation to your ape editor and you stand up and walk out of the newsroom carrying the folder and you hit the night street and walk along with the surging crowds and you feel your blood coursing through your veins and you realize there are a few tears on your cheeks and you grin a savage grin and head home to write the story that will rip that hog-colossus a deep wound and you look up at the moon and a shiver goes through your body.

It’s almost midnight but it’s not your midnight, all of a sudden a cockeyed sun is coming up for you between big buildings and through some strange unfathomable equation you’re hitting your stride because you just lost your career and a new and unnameable SPACE is swimming into view, and you’re already writing the first paragraph of the REAL story and THIS is the drama you were imagining so long ago, so long ago when you believed in working a real beat as a real newsman…

OR…

Is that all a fantasy, Mr. Newsman? Your choice. Your chapter one.

Or your end. Your choice.

It’s life or death in the news business.




What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth

Let’s say, for argument’s sake, that a group exists which - instead of catering to the lowest common denominator - is composed of individuals who are determined to forward a cause of TRUTH about a vital issue.



They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around..

Related: Everything Is Fake: Top 40 Pieces Of Fakery In Our World!

They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around. They’re up against entrenched power, in government, in media, in other groups who are fronts for LIES.

This good group needs public relations. It needs many things, but it certainly needs this.

However, in most cases, such a group will not know much about public relations, and it will leave that area to a few amateurs among its ranks. These amateurs will make every mistake in the book.

For example, they will spend the entire advertising budget on bland television ads. The ads will lack punch. They’ll turn out to be a Mickey Mouse version of the truth. The public will not be interested.

“Well, we had to do that. We didn’t want to offend anyone. We wanted to be nice. We wanted to remain positive…”

Sure, and that ad campaign was a loser. NICE was the theme, and it sank like a little stone in a large lake.



Related: Is Subliminal Advertising Legit?

“But you see, if we put together powerful attack ads, we couldn’t have gotten them on television. The networks would have rejected them…”

Yes, and THAT would have been the subject of the next phase of the campaign—ads could be placed on thousands of web sites:

“Here is the ad the major networks refused to run. Look at it. Think about it. It’s real, it’s the truth…”

What issues am I talking about? Mandatory vaccination, for example. GMO crops and toxic Roundup, for example.

The ad the networks refused to run shows a lone farmer standing in a growing field, against a background of high super-weeds.

Farmer: “I went for GMO crops. The chemical I bought and sprayed was supposed to kill weeds but leave my crops alone. That was a lie. Weeds survived and grew huge. Look at them. They’re taking over my fields. The survival of my family is at stake…”

Run that ad. It’s just the start of a much more aggressive series of ads. Attack.



Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

You can be nice, too. But in other ads. Cover all the bases. Public relations for the truth has to muscle into the game. It can’t tap on the gate politely and asked to be let in.

Public relations for the truth has to fly in from a number of diverse vectors. It isn’t one centralized message. That’s another lesson. The “oneness” approach has to be offloaded. It might make a nice dream, but it has no long-term power.

“But you see, if we can bring together a hundred different groups on this issue and combine them and decide on one overriding message, we can win…”

More amateurs at work. Sure, try to bring together a hundred groups and try to hammer out a single message they all can agree on, and see what you end up with. You’ll end up with watery soup. At best.

Effective public relations costs money. There is no way around it. Groups that believe otherwise are deluded. The woe-is-us approach goes nowhere. There has to be a budget, and the money has to be spent well.

“We can’t afford to hire someone who can put together a whole series of fantastic ads. We have to get by with what we have…”



Related: Americans Protest ‘Very Fake News’ CNN Outside Of Atlanta Headquarters & “Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News

That attitude puts you in the dumpster.

“I think we already have a great ad. It shows a young blonde [non-authoritative clueless] woman walking toward the camera saying, ‘You have a right to know what’s in your food.’”

Really? And this will turn the tide against unlabeled GMOs and Monsanto? On what planet? Many ads of this caliber were run during the GMO-labeling ballot initiatives in California and the state of Washington. Both those initiatives went down to defeat.

And then, eventually, the infamous federal Dark Act was passed by Congress and signed into law by the President. It essentially put an end to informative GMO labeling and outlawed any further ballot initiatives run by the individual states.

Public relations at its worst. In fact, there were one or two men inside the movement to label GMOs who controlled all the messaging of the campaigns. That bland-egg message was: you have a right to know what’s in your food. Those men later colluded with Congress to pass the Dark Act. In other words, they were traitors to the cause. That’s worse than incompetence. Far worse.

Well-intentioned people who crusade for the truth often make this mistake: they try to shape their campaigns based on their own attitude about “controversy.”

“I don’t want to stir people up. I want to give them facts and let them make up their own minds. I want to remain neutral.”



Related: 5 Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

Those “PR people” wind up feeling good about themselves…as they go down to defeat.

“Well, I did my best. That’s all anyone can ask for.”

This is some kind of twist on “virtue is its own reward.” It certainly isn’t effective public relations launched on behalf of scoring a vital victory.

“I have a great idea. In our group, there are about fifty people who could lead our public relations campaign. Let’s find the person who is ‘least offensive’ and hand the budget over to him. That way we can all feel safe and secure that we’re following ‘the noble path’.”

Who’s kidding who?

“Last night, the Universe sent a message to me. It said a few thousand of us should think positive thoughts and focus our visualization on a new law that would make vaccination a parental choice, instead of a state mandate…”

Well, that public relations campaign would cost no money. Which could be called a plus. Try it. See what happens. See if “the Universe” is actually speaking. See if that notion works.

The true path of public relations is asymmetrical. Assessing the overall situation reveals opportunities an active imagination can take advantage of:



Related: Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of Corruption

For example, suppose we have a situation where a local population is under the gun, as a result of constant corporate toxic-pesticide spraying.

There are other such populations, in distant places, who are facing the same dire problem.

Bring half-a-dozen representatives of these other populations to the town of the current corporate pesticide crime.

Hold press conferences highlighting the widespread global crisis. Stream live video to alt. news websites all over the world. Put on the pressure. Name the criminal corporation.

At the same time, file lawsuits against the corporation, and publicize them.

If corrupt judges dismiss the lawsuits as frivolous, or illegal, that simply adds grist for the mill. Publicize that. Make that the occasion for more PR.



Related: Related: Brilliant Comic Of Banksy's Call To Arms Against Advertisers

At the same time, produce and release videos that relentlessly expose the corporation in every possible truthful way: its pesticides are toxic; the science on which these chemicals are based is flawed, false, and corrupt; the corporation colludes with government agencies to curry favor. Etc., etc.

At the same time, find people who have been injured by the corporation and release their on-camera testimonies.

This is how a real PR campaign begins. It’s just the opening salvo. Don’t play defense. Go on a sustained offensive thrust, from a number of different directions.

Again: Never, ever rely on just one strategy, such as a ballot initiative or a class-action lawsuit. If you do, you’re playing on the opponent’s turf, where he is the expert and can control outcomes. He knows you’re coming. He knows how to turn you away. But if you’re showing up from half-a-dozen directions at once, you’re a different kind of asymmetrical creature. Unpredictable, powerful, agile.

As always, imagination is the key. Actual imagination at work isn’t “the Universe talked to me and laid out a game plan.”

Actual imagination isn’t a brainstorming session in the group, where a dozen people or more chew each other’s ears off and water down strategies to the level of the most cautious ideas.



Related: Soros Alliance Of Tech Giants Join PornHub To Create “Day Of Action” Protest & “Aren’t You Embarrassed?”: Conway Takes On CNN’s Fake News In Marathon Interview

Finally, here is the worst problem for the group. One person is going to emerge as the leader. He or she is going to find (or create) the public relations people who can and will launch a no-holds-barred campaign for the TRUTH. He or she is going to exert the most power in the group toward that end. He or she is going to do that.

The other group members are going to have to let that happen. They’re going to have to stop their endless conversation about the best way to proceed. They’re going to have to let go of their collectivist tendencies.

This isn’t a spiritualist séance. It isn’t a flabby notion of democracy in action. It isn’t a catchy tune.

It definitely isn’t two armies facing off in an open field, where one army is a thousand times larger, has the latest weapons, and is backed up by legions of propaganda minions.

It’s guerilla warfare.

It’s preemptive, anticipatory, asymmetrical, simultaneous.

It’s staged with and for the truth.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Captive Loan-Sharking Bail-Ins Have Been Sold As The Prevention Of Bailouts
September 23 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Germany, the dynamic expansionist power in Europe: Back in history: In the late 1960s Germany regained economic primacy in Europe and was at the forefront of European integration, in association with France and England.




It soon came to dominate the principle decision-making institutions of the EU. So, the EU has served as Germany’s instrument for conquest by stealth.

Related: BIS Finds Global Debt May Be Underreported By $14 Trillion

Year by year, through aid and low interest loans, the EU has facilitated German capitalist market penetration, and financial expansion, throughout southern and central Europe. Germany set the agenda for Western Europe, gaining economic dominance while benefiting from US subversion and the encirclement of Eastern Europe, Russia and the Baltic and Balkan states.

Germany’s projection of power on a world scale would never have occurred if it had not annexed East Germany. Despite the West German claims of beneficence and aid to the East Germans, the Bonn regime secured several million skilled engineers, workers and technicians, the takeover of factories, productive farms and, most importantly, the Eastern European and Russian markets for industrial goods, worth billions of dollars.

Germany was transformed from an emerging influential EU partner, into the most dynamic expansionist power in Europe, especially in the former Warsaw Pact economies. The US and Germany want to return Russia to the vassalage status of the 1990s.



Related: Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

They do not want normal relations. From the moment Putin moved to restore the Russian state and economy, the Western powers have engaged in a series of political and military interventions, eliminating Russian allies, trading partners and independent states.

Now, Europe’s neo-liberal media are having a collective hernia at the thought that some former Warsaw Pact countries are cozying up to Moscow, which is the case in particular in Germany. To emphasize this Merkel’s speech in Australia was full of tough criticism of Russia. However, on closer inspection, what they are accusing the Kremlin of doing, is exactly what the EU has been doing over the past 20 years.


“The EU is in serious trouble. Living standards are falling all across the union and political instability is fomenting from Dublin to Athens, from Madrid to Zagreb. Iceland u-turned on a plan to join the EU Club and, previously, resolute aspirants like Serbia and Montenegro cooled their ardour for membership.”

“Angela Merkel thinks this is Russia’s fault. That’s akin to blaming Brazil’s strikers for their 7-1 World Cup capitulation to Germany. Pure hokum. If Merkel wants to find the real culprit, she need only look in the mirror.

The Berlin government, which she has led for 11 years, is sucking the continent dry. While peripheral states flounder and pivotal countries stagnate, Germany is doing just fine. This is because the entire EU system – especially the Euro currency – is propping up its largest member while choking the rest.”



Captive Loan-Sharking:

EU-members, such as Ireland and Spain were flooded with cheap German credit. This was basically a form of captive loan-sharking.



Related: Germany Made 100 Billion Euros From Greek Crisis + The Global Financial System Swindle

German banks were handing out easy money to facilitate the purchase of German-made goods, from cars to electronics. When the scheme blew-up in 2008, the German creditors didn’t accept a haircut. Instead, the penalties were passed on to Irish and Spanish taxpayers, further enslaving them by severe austerity measures to Berlin.


“Merkel seems to believe that Russia is coercing some European states into doing business. Complete nonsense. It’s rather more plausible that financially stressed governments have begun to see through Berlin’s practices and are hedging their bets.

After all, it’s the duty of a sovereign to look after its own citizens, not the pampered bankers of Frankfurt or industrialists of Munich. Germany’s arrogant mistreatment of the rest of Europe is coming home to roost.”

“However, in Budapest and Bratislava, premiers Viktor Orban and Robert Fico are doing what’s right for their electorate by striking optimum deals for their countries. Merkel is deeply offended by such a practice as it reduces Germany’s omnipotent stranglehold on their commerce.

Orban is also committed to pushing ahead with the South Stream pipeline, in partnership with Moscow. Why? Not to undermine Berlin, but to guarantee its energy supply because Ukraine is unreliable as a transit territory. This is entirely understandable – it’s Orban’s job to look after Hungary, not to bow down before Germany.”



Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union


“The pro-NATO, neoliberal media in Western Europe is presenting Russia’s trade deals with struggling eastern states as some kind of dastardly plan to undermine the EU.

Such suggestions are hyperbolic nonsense. The leaders of Hungary, Slovakia and Serbia would gladly take bait of the hand of Merkel if she were willing to throw some German cash around. However, she’s not and Putin is.”

Consequently, these countries are doing what’s best for their current positions. There is nothing sinister about it.

What Merkel does not understand is that Germany’s own national interest lies with developing economic union with Russia and certainly not acting against Russia.

Germany has nothing to gain from the USA other than total dependency. The USA cannot offer Germany anything that it does not already have. In fact, these two are competitors in High Tech. Without Russia and its markets and resources, Germany is doomed.

Russia has an outlet for commodities, and resources, but Germany does not. The USA wants to keep Germany as a vassal and as a useful stationing ground for its imperial ambitions, use its airports and bases.



Related: Collapse Of Eurozone Has Started - The Troika Swindle: Greeks Owe Nothing + Germany Is The Country That’s Never Repaid Its Debts & Troika Lenders Are Terrorists!

So to put it in Marxist terms, Germany’s national interest of development and cooperation with Russia comes into contradiction with its NATO membership and the resulting de facto subservience to the USA.

Meanwhile a group of prominent Germans are urging their country and the West to open dialogue with Russia, added to the fact that Europe and Russia both have a joint responsibility to ensure peace and security on the continent, however this can only be achieved through, “equal security for all with all partners being respected.”

In a letter it was stated:


 “The Russians’ security requirements are as legitimate and just as important as those of the Germans, the Poles, the Baltic States and the Ukraine. We should not look to push Russia out of Europe.”


Bail-Ins Have Been Sold as the Prevention of Bailouts:

Finally, the EU admits;


 “The economic and financial crisis has impaired the ability of the financial sector to channel funds to the real economy, in particular long-term investments.”

The solution?


“The Commission will ask the bloc’s insurance watchdog… for advice on a possible draft law “to mobilise more personal pension savings for long-term financing it was stated in the document.

Mobilise, which is a more acceptable word than, confiscate.

In Reuters’ own words,


The savings of the European Union’s 500 million citizens could be used to fund long-term investments to boost the economy and help plug the gap left by banks since the financial crisis.”an EU document says.

What is left unsaid, is that the “usage” will be on a purely involuntary basis, at the discretion of the “union”, and can thus best be described as confiscation.  More precisely: Cyprus-style confiscations that meanwhile have become law.

Rather than reining in the massive and risky derivatives casino, the new rules prioritise the payment of banks’ derivatives obligations to each other, before everyone else. That includes depositors, public and private, but also the pension funds that are the target market for the latest bail-in play, called “bail-in able” bonds.

“Bail-ins” have been sold as the avoidance of future government bailouts and the elimination of the too big to fail banks (TBTF). But it actually institutionalises TBTF, since the big banks are kept in business by expropriating the funds of their creditors – clients.

It is a neat solution for bankers and politicians, who don’t want to have to deal with another messy banking crisis and are happy to see it disposed of through statute. But a bail-in could have far worse consequences than a bailout for the public.

If your taxes go up, you will probably still be able to pay the bills. If your bank account or pension gets wiped out, you could wind up on the streets or sharing food with your pets.

And if you have a loan or mortgage from a bank, they could, under the act of emergency, call in the loan, and if not fully compensated with your own savings, they could then confiscate the asset, as is stipulated in the small print at the bottom of the loan agreement.

Rather than having the bank’s assets sold off and having their doors closed, as is the case with other bankrupt businesses in a capitalist economy, “zombie” banks are kept alive and open for business at all costs, and these costs are once again borne by us.

In the latest version of bail-in schemes, TBTF banks are required to keep a buffer equal to 16-20% of their risk-weighted assets in the form of equity or bonds convertible to equity in the event of insolvency. They most likely won’t be able to meet that condition. But who cares? The taxpayer will be the victim anyhow.


Bail-In Bonds:

These bonds, termed “bail-in bonds,” are securities in which it is stated in the fine print that the bondholders agree contractually – rather than being forced statutorily – that if certain conditions occur i.e.: the bank’s insolvency, the lender’s money will be turned into bank capital.



Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash

However, even 20% of risk-weighted assets may not prove sufficient to prop up a megabank in a major derivatives collapse. And we the people are still the target market for these bonds, this time through our pension funds.

Other than the pension funds and insurance companies that are long-term bondholders, it is not clear what market there will be for bail-in bonds. Currently, most holders of contingent capital bonds are investors focused on short-term gains, which are liable to bolt at the first sign of a crisis. Investors who held similar bonds in 2008 took heavy losses.

In a Reuters held sampling of potential investors, many said they would not take that risk again. While banks and “shadow” banks are specifically excluded as buyers of bail-in bonds, due to the “fear of contagion”: if they hold each other’s bonds, they could all go down together.

Whether the pension funds go down is apparently not of concern.

American banks have over $280 trillion in derivatives on their books; at EU banks the amount won’t be much different. They earn some of their biggest profits from trading in them, profits that could turn into their biggest losses when the derivatives bubble collapses.

Thus, as we learned from Cyprus, keeping your money in the bank isn’t the safest place, better to convert most of it into precious metals, stored privately, if you want to protect your hard-earned savings.


Protect Your Savings Through Non-Compliance:

As probably most readers already know, the EU is owned by the Rothschild network, which won’t refrain from stripping every citizen bare. They are after your savings, and even your pension funds. There is no other



protection than to pull your money out of the banking system and try to live off the grid, by forming small communities, where food can be grown and bartered without money.

We must undergo a mind-shift; the Illuminati are seeking to enslave all of us. Their worst nightmare is our non-compliance – the refusal to accept their lunacy to which the world has steadily descended, refusing to pay taxes, or leaving homes when banks foreclose on them; plainly refuse to comply with your own enslavement in any form whatsoever.


The US Khazarian Government is Bent on World Hegemony (NWO) for Which Russia Stands in its Way:

The US has already turned Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states. The latest resolutions like sanctions, and consulate closures against Russia are simply tools to achieve their goal – world hegemony, said Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary to the US Treasury on RT.

Russia needs to understand that the United States has an ideology of world hegemony and does not accept any prospect of any country being sovereign or acting on its own. You have to be an American vassal state.

Just as the United States has turned all of Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states, those are the only terms by which the United States can accept Russia and China. It will not accept them as sovereign, independent countries, following their own interests.



Related: Why Russia Has Become The Number-One Target In The US Press

The demonisation of Russia and its leader will continue.

The situation will become more and more hostile. It’s not going to go away, because the United States is guided by the neoconservative ideology of American world hegemony and that includes hegemony over Russia and China. If the Russian government relies on facts, it’s going to be greatly surprised, because Washington has no interest whatsoever in facts.

Did Saddam Hussein have weapons of mass destruction? Did Assad of Syria use Chemical weapons against his own people? Did Iran have nuclear weapons? Of course not, and of course Washington DC lied purposely about these matters on each occasion.

They act identically to Adolf Hitler when he announced;


“Last night Polish troops crossed the frontier and attacked Germany”

There’s no difference.

The United States overthrew the government of Ukraine and then accused Russia of invading the country. This is not even worth highlighting, as it is blatant, obvious propaganda, designed to make a demon out of Russia. That’s the only purpose of this. It’s not going to go away. Watch this video interview:


Controlled Collapse: Rothschild Just Sold Massive Amounts of U.S. Assets:







Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google, Tech Giants Threaten To Shut Down ‘Free Speech’ Social Site & Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late
September 22 | From: Infowars / TechnocracyNews

Google has monopoly on flow of information: Search engine giant Google and other tech platforms have threatened to shut down free-speech social media site Gab in the name of fighting “hate speech.”



Gab, a social media platform known as a free speech oasis, was just recently ordered to transfer their Australian domain elsewhere or face shutdown.

Related: Google Is Not What It Seems

“Gab’s domain registrar has given us 5 days to transfer our domain or they will seize it. The free and open web is in danger,” the website tweeted.



Asia Registry is poised to shut down the pro-1st Amendment website because it claims Gab “violates Australian federal and state anti-discrimination laws, which prohibit public vilification on the basis of race, religion, or ethnic origin,” and accuses the website of being “discriminatory and hateful.”

Google has already booted Gab off the Google Play store, also citing violations of their “hate speech policies,” which has prompted Gab to sue the tech giant for violating anti-trust laws.


“Google is the biggest threat to the free flow of information,” Gab chief executive Andrew Torba said in a statement.

“Gab started to fight against the big tech companies in the marketplace, and their monopolistic conduct has forced us to bring the fight to the courtroom.”




Related: Spies, Cops, And Corporate ‘Security’ Profiteers Gathered In Washington + Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content

Gab alleges in the lawsuit that “Google deprives competitors, on a discriminatory basis, of access to the App Store, which an essential facility or resource.”

Google fired back, calling the lawsuit “baseless” and asserting that Gab needed “to demonstrate a sufficient level of moderation, including for content that encourages violence and advocates hate against groups of people,” to use the Play Store.

As we reported, Google has been caught censoring information on numerous occasions, and has even admitted to censoring Infowars despite providing no evidence of “hate speech.”


Google's Worst Nightmare

Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate it's search results in what they see as a favorable manner.







Related:
The Time Has Come To Stop The War On Free Speech





Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late

Intelligence agencies that are run by Technocrats are data hoarders who are compelled to collect everything that is collectible, illegal or not. We have stated many times that American intelligence agencies have long-since gone rogue, becoming unresponsive to courts and legislators alike.



They must be stopped, at all costs. This is not about intelligence to keep Americans safe, but rather about building a surveillance network that will eventually lead to Scientific Dictatorship. Listen to the video in this article! - TN Editor

Related: Google Is NSA

As former NSA contractor Edward Snowden revealed to the world in 2013, the U.S. government routinely spies on its own citizens.


“I, sitting at my desk, could wiretap anyone, from you or your accountant, to a federal judge or even the president,” Snowden told the journalists crowded into his hotel room before the publication of his leaked documents.

The leaks exposed lies from government officials about the mass surveillance of American citizens, with former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper testifying before Congress that the NSA didn’t “wittingly” collect any data on millions of Americans.



Four years after the Snowden leaks, the government is still collecting Americans’ private information. Though the NSA claims it ended bulk collection of domestic phone calls, the agency is still operating several other far-reaching domestic spying programs.

Now there’s a way to end these unconstitutional practices. The NSA gets its authority to spy on U.S. Citizens from Section 702 of the FISA Amendments Act. The law will expire this year after it hits its five-year sunset. Lawmakers will soon be deliberating over whether to renew Section 702 for another five or maybe even make it permanent.

Watch the video above to see why it’s vital that they let Section 702 lapse.


Related Articles:

Kiwis Urged To Check And Change Passwords & Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”

GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom

Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Vital: The Real Dreamers Are Elite Corporations
September 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport

And the unknown trade deal that cost the US a hundred thousand jobs.




This isn’t one of the big trade deals everybody knows about. This one was launched during the glorious Obama years: The (South) Korea Free Trade Agreement.

Related: The Individual Versus Globalism

Signed, sealed, and delivered by Obama in 2011 with his assurance that it would create 70,000 American jobs. His assurance was on the level of his promise that, under Obamacare, you would be able to choose your own doctor.

Four years later, in 2016, this was the outcome of the Globalist Korea Free Trade Agreement, as reported by Public Citizen:


“…the loss of more than 102,554 American jobs.”

Oops. Slight miscalculation.

“U.S. goods exports to Korea have dropped 10 percent, or $4.5 billion…”

Sorry about that.

“U.S. imports of goods from Korea have increased 18 percent, or $10.8 billion…”

Sorry about that, too.

How could this have happened? I’ll tell you how. It’s simple. Despite claims, these trade deals are written and calculated to torpedo economies. That’s what Globalists do.

Why?



Related: Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

Because an ultimate top-down takeover of populations is easier that way.

Here’s another example: NAFTA. Remember that trade treaty? It enabled, among other consequences, the export of very cheap corn - massive amounts - from the US to Mexico. Result? 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers were thrown out of business. Boom. Many of them decided to come across the border to the US.

Does that sound like an all-around economy-building scenario?

Globalism: the wolf in sheep’s clothing.

No more countries - only elite corporations in control, making markets wherever they can find them…

There’s just one problem. As these corporations and their Globalist leaders play economic game with countries and their people, the net effect is decreasing the number of customers who can afford to buy the corporations’ products.

You can’t just shift the beneficiaries of trade deals from one nation to another, in an unending shuffle and reshuffle of the deck. Sooner or later, you wind up with more sellers than buyers.

You create more overall chaotic conditions. Elite corporations don’t want to think about this.



Related: 8 Signs That The Global Elite's Ship Is Sinking + The Bilderberg's Website Hacked By Anonymous: "We Will Watch You"

They’re counting on governments to bail them out with, for example, some form of “universal income” for citizens, which means expanded welfare. That isn’t going to cut it. Piddling “new money” isn’t going to invent, magically, a billion or two new customers for cars and cell phones and houses.

Basically, these corporations are playing Musical Chairs among themselves. Which companies will survive, and which will fall?

The corporations are dreaming about a controlled future in which they are more powerful kings. It isn’t going to work out. Even mergers and acquisitions won’t win the day.

Robust economies depend on many, many small and large businesses operating in relative freedom, in stable nations.

The fantasy of one global economy is intrinsically a hoax.



Related: What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?

When you eliminate tariffs (the goal of all trade treaties), you accentuate the differences between various labor forces. Giant corporations shut down factories in countries where labor is expensive and laws against gross polluting are “obstructing profits,” and they open up those factories in places where labor is dirt cheap and you can pollute night and day.

That isn’t free enterprise. That’s ongoing crime. Someone eventually pays the piper.

Corporations believe they can, with their Globalist partners, keep postponing a day of reckoning indefinitely.

They’re wrong. The bottom line is the corporations’ bottom line: fewer buyers for their products. They can’t wriggle out of that one.



Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

Free enterprise is the last thing on Globalists’ minds. They want a single worldwide planned economy, with central points for production and distribution of goods and services.

They want a tighter Surveillance State. They want a single toxic medical cartel to dominate citizens’ lives. They want to install many features that add up to massive top-down control.

In this atmosphere, elite corporations are going to thrive? The truth is, Globalists are USING corporations, temporarily, to forward their aims.

Those corporations don’t want to see this. They want to remain blind. They want to dream their dreams. These titans, with all their skills, turn out to be the masters of self-delusion.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Stable and separate nations, not Globalism, is the solution staring them in the face. But they keep their eyes closed.

Look at Europe. Under the aegis of the Globalist European Union (EU), it is the canary in the coal mine. And the canary is bringing back devastating messages.

Nations are being disrupted and torn by the EU’s forced immigration policy of open borders. Widespread crime, crushing budgets to support the wave of migration, massive unrest.

In this atmosphere, European mega-corporations are going to flourish and grow? New customers are going to appear out of nowhere?

Dream on.



Related: 10 More Signs That The Global Elite’s Ship Is Sinking + Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking – Former U.S. VP To Media ‘We Don’t Need You Guys Anymore’

Recall the old term “double cross?” A person allied with one side in a deal secretly betrays the deal and the ally. That’s what Globalist elites are doing to giant corporations. They’re going back on their promise.

They’re creating an atmosphere in which corporations can’t function beyond a certain point. And worse, they’re creating a forced planetary economy in which the corporations will become mere government appendages - functionaries in a slave-based system.

These deluded corporations…it only takes a few of them to wake up and see the real game.

And then rebel. How about it, boys? Who’ll be the first?

Related:
Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This
September 21 2017 | From: JonRappoport

We rarely get a chance to see a smoking gun that proves elite controllers are running the show from behind the curtain. That’s why there is a curtain.



So I’m republishing a conversation between two members of the Rockefeller Trilateral Commission (TC) and a US reporter.

Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics

First, a bit of background:

In 1969, four years before birthing the TC with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote:


“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force.

International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Goodbye, separate nations.

Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):


“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”



Related: More Than Half Of Young Europeans Say They Would Join An “Uprising” Against The Elite: Europe’s Youth Don’t Care To Vote - But They’re Ready To Join A Mass Revolt

Who is in charge of destroying national economies, in order to create a new international order?

Who keeps pushing new economy-destroying trade treaties?

Who demands that these treaties must be ratified?

Who is in the business of killing jobs and hope?

Who demands that more US jobs disappear overseas and never come back?

The Trilateral Commission (TC).



Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

The original stated goal of the TC was to create “a new international economic order.”

Here is a stunning piece of forgotten history, a 1978 conversation between a US reporter and two members of the Trilateral Commission. (Source: “Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management”, ed. by Holly Sklar, 1980, South End Press, Pages 192-3).

The conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning.

But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.

The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.

And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.



Related: 10 Signs The Global Elite Are Losing Control

Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House.

He had been plucked from obscurity by David Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.

The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy.

The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”

Here we go:


Novak (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?

Cooper:
Yes, they have met three times.

Novak: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?

Kaiser: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.

Cooper: Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].

Novak: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?

Cooper: Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.

Novak: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.

Cooper: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]

Kaiser: It just hasn’t become an issue.

This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.

US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.” Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.



Related: Pope Francis: World Government Must Rule U.S. ‘For Their Own Good’ & Pope Francis Declares He Fears Trump And Losing Control Of The New World Order

Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.

Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.

From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.

How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal?

One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.

Related:
More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"



Related: How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government

And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order.

What kind of order?

Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”

If you were a young ambitious reporter for The New York Times, if you read this astonishing Trilateral interview, wouldn’t you go to your editor and demand to be put on the story?

Wouldn’t you want to dig deep and find out more details and names? Wouldn’t you want to blow the whole, yes, conspiracy, wide open? Wouldn’t you want readers to know the truth about who is running their country from behind the scenes?



Related: The Power Elite’s Plans For You

Well, yes, you might. But if you did, and if you wouldn’t back down after your editor told you to forget about it, you would end up with no job, and eventually you would be covering picnics for some small-town newspaper.

With the rise of independent media, however, reporters don’t need to worry about Sunday picnics.

The truth suffices.

With the rise of independent media, reporters know some of their stories will be linked and forwarded all over the world, and people with curiosity and intelligence and alert minds will discover the truth that major media have been hiding from them.

Hiding, for decades.

Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Digging in the Dirt Makes You Happy - Here’s Why
August 15 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld

“It came to me while picking beans, the secret of happiness. I was hunting among the spiraling vines that envelop my teepees of pole beans, lifting the dark-green leaves to find handfuls of pods, long and green, firm and furred with tender fuzz. I snapped them off where they hung in slender twosomes, bit into one, and tasted nothing but August…” - from Braiding Sweetgrass: Indigenous Wisdom, Scientific Knowledge and the Teachings of Plants




For anyone who has spent time cultivating a garden - vegetable, landscaping with ornamentals or a bit of both - there’s no question about it’s mood-boosting quality.

Related: Magnesium found to treat depression better than antidepressant drugs: New science

Even a potted plant or two can have an uplifting effect. During my most bleak times in dealing with depression and bone-crushing fatigue, the simple act of caring for an outdoor plant by watering and plucking the dead bits has had a near miraculous effect, with a tangible boost in energy and overall brighter outlook.

Whether this shift is attributed to the fresh air, slowing down to appreciate a bit of greenery or nurturing another living thing, the entire experience tends to border on the mysterious. Whatever the reason, one aspect is clear: gardening is strong medicine.


The Power of Soil-Based Organisms for Health and Happiness

Science has shown time and again that spending time in nature - along with playing in the dirt and gardening - has a powerful impact on our physiological and psychological health.

Over the last decade, researchers have explored why soil microbes improve the nutritional value of our food and why rural children - like those who live on farms - are far healthier than their city-dwelling counterparts.



Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

Clean air, water, and fresh produce aside, one of the main factors for the health of farm-living kids boils down to soil microbes.

As it turns out, these microbes help develop healthy human immune systems. Not only that, but soil organisms can boost our production of serotonin - a feel-good neurotransmitter that keeps anxiety and depression at bay.

Writes Daphne Miller in The Curious Case of the Antidepressant, Anti-Anxiety Backyard Garden:


"[Jill] Litt, a professor at the University of Colorado School of Public Health, was studying gardening’s impact on a variety of health outcomes - including mood disorders.

She rattled off a list of possible explanations, including that gardens create community, encourage physical activity, offer a bounty of nutrient-rich food, and expose one to Vitamin D-producing sunshine, which helps regulate serotonin, the “happiness” neurotransmitter.

But then Litt surprised me by adding, “Also there are the microbes themselves. We have no idea what they are doing.”’

It all began with a study where British researchers were testing to see if Mycobacterium vaccae - a benign microbe found in soil and water, along with unwashed vegetables - could help treat lung cancer in humans. While the life expectancy of the participants wasn’t affected, those who received the microbe reported enhanced mood and quality of life.



Related: Natural Health Special + What Is the Natural Allopathic Protocol Useful For? & Why Whole Foods Are Always Better Than Nutritional Supplements

The torch was then taken up by Chris Lowry, a behavioral endocrinologist at the University of Colorado, Boulder. His research team found that rodents who were injected with heat-killed M.vaccae exhibited less depression and anxiety - and had more endurance - during a forced swim test.

The control mice paddled on average for two and a half minutes, while the M. vaccae-injected animals swam for four. It’s already been established that antidepressants increase active swimming and decrease immobility. Interestingly, the soil organism “had the exact same effect as antidepressant drugs,” explained Lowry.

The researchers believe that an immune reaction to the microbe activates the release of brain serotonin. Low levels of this important neurotransmitter are linked with a range of disorders, including aggression, anxiety, depression, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), bipolar disorder, irritable bowel and fibromyalgia.

The results so far suggest that simply inhaling M. vaccae - you get a dose just by taking a walk in the wild or rooting around in the garden - could help elicit a jolly state of mind. “You can also ingest mycobacteria either through water sources or through eating plants- lettuce that you pick from the garden, or carrots,” Lowry says.



Related: Research Reveals Plants Can Think, Choose & Remember

Graham Rook, an immunologist at University College, London and coauthor of the paper, points out that depression may partly be an inflammatory disorder. By triggering immune cells that diminish the inflammatory response to allergens, M. vaccae could actually ease inflammation and, in turn, depression.

Further studies on M. vaccae’s mood-boosting properties followed, one of which by Susan Jenks and Dorothy Mathews of Sage Colleges in Troy, New York. The team cultured the live organism and fed it to mice with Wonderbread and peanut butter.


"It was just amazing,” said Jenks about a stressful maze test used for the rodents. “We would place them in the maze and could clearly see that there were some mice doing better than others.

We would think: ‘Is that the M. vaccae [mouse]?’ And sure enough it was.” She adds, “What our research suggests is that eating, touching, and breathing a soil organism may be tied to the development of our immune system and our nervous system.”

The takeaway from all this? If you struggle with depression or immune disregulation, gardening without gloves and spending time in nature may be just what the doctor ordered. Or, as Danielle Mariott writes in a piece for Backcountry magazine, “Get outside, get in the dirt, get happy.”

Related: Ninth Grade Girls Show Plants Won’t Grow Near Wi-Fi Routers


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

No End To Coverups
September 20 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Craig Roberts (yes, there are two of us) is a former US Marine and a 27-year veteran of the Tulsa, Oklahoma, police force. He is a capable and committed person. 



Since 1989 he has written 13 books. His latest, just published, Medusa File II, consists essentially of his voluminous files of the investigation of the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City on April 19th, 1995, known as “the Oklahoma City Bombing.”

Related: Fake evidence used in the Oklahoma Bombing

The FBI, appreciative of Roberts’ capabilities, requested his service in the investigation. As officially part of the investigation, he took the investigation seriously. The investigation proceeded rapidly, developing many leads.

Numerous witnesses saw Timothy McVeigh with many dark complexioned men prior to and just after the bombing. Leads were also developed to militias in Elohim City, to the German, Strassmeir, and others.

Before any of these leads could be developed, the investigation was taken over by President Bill Clinton’s Attorney General, Janet Reno.

Once Washington took over, the investigation stopped. In its place was Washington’s theory that it was Tim McVeigh’s lonely protest.

The volumnious evidence of McVeigh’s accomplices or controllers, as might have been the case, was in the way of the official story that imposed itself on the investigation. Many people resisted the coverup that descended on the case, including local journalists who eventually lost their jobs or moved on.



Related: False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread

Roberts stuck it out to the end. So did black Oklahoma City Police sgt. Terrance Yeakey. For resisting the official story Yeakey paid with his life. Roberts provides the reasons he believes Yeakey had definitive evidence that the official story was a coverup. The OCPD was called off once the official story was in place, but Yeakey wouldn’t quit and became a problem.

The official OCPD report says it was suicide, but Roberts recognizes homicide when he sees it. There was no autopsy and the police refused to release the police report to Yeakey’s family. Being black, they had little recourse.

Remaining skeptics were dismissed as “conspiracy theorists,” and that was the end of the case.

One of the striking details that Roberts provides is that in the immediate aftermath of the bombing with rescue workers removing dead and wounded from the rubble, numerous federal agents appeared, ordered the rescue workers out of the building on the grounds that there were still unexploded bombs in the building.

Then with the trapped still under the rubble, all rescue efforts halted until the federal agents had removed file cabinets from the building.



Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?

Roberts speculates that the cabinets contained the files of the Mena drug running operation that many believe involved Arkansas governor Bill Clinton, and that President Clinton and Janet Reno didn’t want these files to see the light of day.

For an official explanation of the case that relies solely on McVeigh’s “truck bomb,” the federal agents’ statement that unexploded bombs remained in the building is a conundrum.

If there were unexploded bombs remaining in the building, how could it be that McVeigh was the lone wolf perpetrator?

It reminded me of General Benton Partin, a US Air Force explosive expert, who produced a detailed report proving that the Murrah building blew up from the inside out, not from the outside in. Of course, by the time Gen. Partin got his study completed, the fix was in, and there was to be no challenge to, or reconsidering of, the official cover story.



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Roberts doesn’t know who did the bombing or why. All he knows is that leads were not followed and the case was solved by Washington and not by an investigation.

Just like the assassination of JFK.

Just like the assassination of RFK.

Just like the assassination of Martin Luther King.

Just like 9/11.

Just like Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction.”

Just like “Iranian nukes.”

Just like the “Gulf of Tonkin.”

Just like Gaddafi and Libya.

Just like Assad’s “use of chemical weapons.”

Just like . . .

It is endless, isn’t it?

Related:
False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of
September 20 2017 | From: SOTT

A CIA whistleblower, Kevin Shipp, has emerged from the wolves den to expose the deep state and the shadow government which he calls two entirely separate entities.  



"The shadow government controls the deep state and manipulates our elected government behind the scenes," Shipp warned in a recent talk at a Geoengineeringwatch.org conference.

Related: Trump, Putin Up Against The US Deep State + New Report: DNC Files Copied Locally - Not Hacked By Russia

Shipp had a series of slides explaining how the deep state and shadow government functions as well as the horrific crimes they are committing against U.S. citizens.

Some of the revelations the former CIA anti-terrorism counter intelligence officer revealed included that "Google Earth was set up through the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency and InQtel."

Indeed he is correct, the CIA and NGA owned the company Google acquired, Keyhole Inc., paying an undisclosed sum for the company to turn its tech into what we now know as Google Earth.

Another curious investor in Keyhole Inc. was none other than the venture capital firm In-Q-Tel run by the CIA according to a press release at the time.



Related: Anti-Deep State Gamechanger SCO Doubled Its Strength

Shipp also disclosed that the agency known as the Joint Special Ops Command (JSOC) is the "president's secret army" which he can use for secret assassinations, overturning governments and things the American people don't know about.

FBI warrantless searches violate the Fourth Amendment with national security letters, which Shipp noted enables them to walk into your employer's office and demand all your financial records and if he or she says anything about them being there they can put your supervisor in jail or drop a case against themselves using the "State's Secret Privilege law."


"The top of the shadow government is the National Security Agency and the Central Intelligence Agency," Shipp said.



Related: CFR: Trump Sabotaging Globalist World Order

Shipp expressed that the CIA was created through the Council on Foreign relations with no congressional approval, and historically the CFR is also tied into the mainstream media (MSM.)

He elaborated that the CIA was the "central node" of the shadow government and controlled all of the other 16 intelligence agencies despite the existence of the DNI.

The agency also controls defense and intelligence contractors, can manipulate the president and political decisions, has the power to start wars, torture, initiate coups, and commit false flag attacks he said.

As Shipp stated, the CIA was created through executive order by then President Harry Truman by the signing of the National Security Act of 1947.



Related: Deep History Of America’s Deep State

According to Shipp, the deep state is comprised of the military industrial complex, intelligence contractors, defense contractors, MIC lobbyist, Wall St (offshore accounts), Federal Reserve, IMF/World Bank, Treasury, Foreign lobbyists, and Central Banks.

In the shocking, explosive presentation, Shipp went on to express that there are "over 10,000 secret sites in the U.S." that formed after 9/11. There are "1,291 secret government agencies, 1,931 large private corporations and over 4,800,000 Americans that he knows of who have a secrecy clearance, and 854,000 who have Top Secret clearance, explaining they signed their lives away bound by an agreement.

He also detailed how Congress is owned by the Military Industrial Complex through the Congressional Armed Services Committee (48 senior members of Congress) giving those members money in return for a vote on the spending bill for the military and intelligence budget.



Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News

He even touched on what he called the "secret intelligence industrial complex," which he called the center of the shadow government including the CIA, NSA, NRO, and NGA.

Shipp further stated that around the "secret intelligence industrial complex" you have the big five conglomerate of intelligence contractors - Leidos Holdings, CSRA, CACI, SAIC, and Booz Allen Hamilton.

He noted that the work they do is "top secret and unreported."

The whistleblower remarked that these intelligence contractors are accountable to no one including Congress, echoing the words of Senator Daniel Inouye when he himself blew the whistle on the shadow government during the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987.

At the time Inouye expressed that the "shadow government had its own funding mechanism, shadowy Navy, and Air Force freedom to pursue its own goals free from all checks and balances and free from the law itself."





Shipp further added that the shadow government and elected government were in the midst of a visible cold war.

So who is Shipp and is he credible as a whistleblower, does he have credentials for the CIA? Aim.org wrote:


"Shipp held several high-level positions in the CIA. He was assigned as a protective agent for the Director of Central Intelligence, a counterintelligence investigator, a Counter Terrorism Center officer, a team leader protecting sensitive CIA assets from assassination, a manager of high-risk protective operations, a lead instructor for members of allied governments, an internal staff security investigator, and a polygraph examiner.

He was tasked with protecting the CIA from foreign agent penetration and the chief of training for the CIA federal police force. Mr. Shipp functioned as program manager for the Department of State, Diplomatic Security, and Anti Terrorism Assistance global police training program.

He is the recipient of two CIA Meritorious Unit Citations, three Exceptional Performance Awards and a Medallion for overseas covert operations. He is the author of From the Company of Shadows-CIA Operations and the War on Terrorism."



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Shipp noted he was working with former NSA whistleblower William Binney but didn't state what the two were working on together. Shipp is highly credible and may just be the highest level whistleblower.

This leak is huge. He has been previously mentioned in the New York Times for blowing the whistle on the mistreatment of him and his family when they were put in a mold-contaminated home.

He is also mentioned in a WikiLeaks cable during the GiFiles that I was able to dig up. Is this the beginning of whistleblowers coming forward to end the shadow government and deep state? You can watch Shipp's full explosive presentation below.






Related Articles:

238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children

Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands
& Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

September 19 2017 | From: JonRappoport / VinnyEastwood

National election campaigns are media events. Media run them. Media pump ratings. They produce the soap opera. They construct the illusion. Many people hate hearing this, because they prefer to believe the few candidates who can actually win are real. No one with that much face time on national television is real. - The Underground, Jon Rappoport  



I’ve just completed a flurry of articles on how elections work as media events in the US (archived here, under “elections”). But why leave out other countries, where the process is essentially the same?

Related: Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand

You have to look at these major election seasons as television series produced by the major networks.

Then it begins to make sense.

The casting of characters tends to follow the same pattern, over and over. You have two major candidates (for president, premier, prime minister). Writing their parts is a bit of a challenge, because any intelligent person can see there is really not much to choose between them.

That’s a ratings killer. The networks need opposition and sharp differences. So while both of these “leaders,” behind the scenes, are Globalists and favor huge corporations and huge government bureaucracies, “free trade,” sending jobs overseas where workers will toil for virtually no pay in execrable conditions, etc., the networks will find issues on which they disagree.

Then you have a cast of minor characters running for the top office in the land. A couple of them are fiery and feisty, more “radical” or “radically conservative” in their views. They’ll never make it, but hope springs eternal, and a significant proportion of the population is drawn to them - for a while.

The television networks, as usual, adopt the horse race mode of reporting. Because, when all is said and done, that’s the main theme: who is going to win? Who really cares about exploring the issues in depth? There’s no juice or excitement there.



Related: Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour

But watching two creatures gallop along a track toward the finish line moves the adrenaline.

And the networks, day after day, can point to what the candidates are doing or wearing or saying that is affecting their position in the race.

Did candidate A just utter a possibly politically incorrect phrase? Let’s interview three experts and find out.

Did candidate B once have dinner with a financier who cheated investors out of their life savings? No? It was lunch? A brief breakfast? Hmm. A professor of statistics explains how long a brief breakfast averages out to be.

Why has candidate A shifted from wearing blue to red?

To bolster all this, we have the polls, which seem to be taking place three times a day. Numbers to report. Breakdowns of the numbers in key voter areas of the country.

Meanwhile, the networks keep searching out differences between candidates A and B. A’s wet dream is wholescale bombing missions. B prefers thousands of drone strikes. Of course, this difference isn’t presented that way. B is a “peace candidate.” A is a “hawk.”



Related: Newsroom Investigation: National MP trained by Chinese spies

A wants the “free market.” B wants government to create millions of new jobs. On closer inspection, they’re both pushing the dominance of mega-corporations. But there is no closer inspection in the television series called Election.

At the root of all this insanity is the fact that television networks produce the series. As long as the viewing audience tunes in, as long as the ratings are respectable, the illusion continues.

The viewer, the voter, projects his hopes and dreams on to the television image of a candidate. It never occurs to him that:

a) he is now a fan of a soap opera and

b) his adored candidate is part of an immense political system in which only minor deviations from the norm are permitted.

Entering that system and participating in it is like walking into a tailor’s shop where, by magic, the customer (participant, candidate) automatically shrinks to half his former size in an instant. And from there it only gets worse.

Television is there to obscure the actual size of the political system and its culture. The soap opera highlights the two major characters (candidates), as if they alone can work great changes in the direction the oil tanker called Politics takes.

Television relies on the fact that a majority of the population favors watching competition - rather than learning about the collaboration, behind the scenes, between characters who seem to be on opposing sides.

The election IS television. Why is that not understood?



Related: Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality

Perhaps for the same reason people can sit in a dark movie theater and look up at a large screen and forget, for a few moments, that they are sitting in a movie theater.

They are captured by the story and the images and the characters. And they want to be captured and taken away.

They want to believe, in the case of elections, that they are participating in something important simply by watching television.

You might say election campaigns are the original reality-shows. They’re soap opera, but the main characters are not actors. (Of course, they are actors.)

Perhaps you remember the 1972 American film, The Candidate, starring Robert Redford. The key moment occurs as Redford, who is running for a seat in the US Senate, watches a commercial he claims to favor, one that expresses his real convictions.

Within moments he realizes it’s a dud. He comes across as a stammering lightweight. No, from now on, he’ll have to accept ads in which he appears authoritative (but vague), on top of his game, and handsome. The die is cast. He is now an artifact of television.

And then there is the best film ever made about television: Network (1976), written by Paddy Chayefsky. The embittered, half-mad, disintegrating news anchor, Howard Beale, assaults his viewing audience:


“We deal in illusions, man… We’re all you know. You’re beginning to believe the illusions we’re spinning here. You’re beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. In God’s name, you people are the real thing. We are the illusion.”



Related: Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age

Unfortunately, the television audience is insulted if someone tells them the characters they’re watching are synthetic and artificial.

Something strange is happening here. It’s more than the flicker of the images or the frequency or the brain wave-states television induces. It’s a counterpart to what people dream when they’re asleep.

The story lines of dreams, the vividness, the intimate proximity to characters.

At the extreme edge, it’s what makes people who watch candidates on television write them adoring fan letters (just as they write letters to convicted killers in prison). It’s what makes people dress up at night to sit in front of their sets and watch late-night talk-show hosts - as if the hosts could see them in their living rooms.

Truth may be stranger than fiction, but fiction is more compelling.

The whole television exhibition called Election is, in every moment, a living rolling artifice of melodrama. Staged from end to end.

Consider this exchange, in the 1997 film, Wag the Dog, between movie producer, Stanley Motss, and the shadowy White House agent, Conrad Brean:


Motss: What do you think about lining the President up for the Peace Prize?

Brean: Our job’s over come election day.

Motss: Yeah, but c’mon…

Brean: What, just for the symmetry of the thing? [Motss nods] Well, if Kissinger can win the Peace Prize, I wouldn’t be surprised if I woke up and found I’d won the Preakness.

Motss: Yeah, but our guy did bring peace.

Brean: There was never a war.

Motss: All the greater accomplishment.





The believable political face of the candidate is turned toward the camera, and television records it and sends it out to the millions.

The other face, the secret face, is never shown on television; or if it is, the audience misses it, because they are trained to think only good political intentions are displayed on the screen.


And they believe these intentions are the substance of election campaigns; the things worth voting for; the things the winners will try to bring into being in the world.

The audience believes television is democratic. Therefore, how could it deceive? Democracy is the only fair system ever devised.

Such illusions pile up and up. When one fades, another takes its place.


Related Articles:

Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War


Blue Vs. Red: NZ Opposition Accused Of Trying To “Bring Down” Australian Government!

NZ Government Seabed Mining Agenda Exposed



Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

New Zealand Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Top Eight Organic Mistake Most People Make Because They Have Not Done The Research
September 19 2017 | From: NaturalNews

There are no absolutes when it comes to a healthy lifestyle and clean eating.



Many foods that were perfectly wholesome just months ago may be tainted and contaminated now if the farmer, company or corporation that makes them changed even just a few key ingredients, or worse yet, sold out to “Big Food.”

Related: Russia Bans All U.S. Corn And Soy Imports Due To GMO Contamination

Nothing is 100 percent reliable either. People jump on diet bandwagons and think some new fad is the “be all, end all” of diets and if they can just stick to it they’ve “got it made.” Wrong.

There are holes in every game, and exceptions to every rule. There are major problems with labels like “all natural” and “gluten free,” but we’ll save those topics for another article.

If you thought going 80 percent or 90 percent or even 100 percent organic was “all good,” then you’ve got a bit more homework to do, but don’t worry, we’ve got your back.

Let’s talk about organic mistakes millions of people are making and exactly why, so we can all stay on track with eating clean daily.


1. Buying from Organic Companies That Sold Out to Big Food’s Evil Corporations

If you’re one of those smart shoppers who buys mainly organic, you better take a second look at “who” you’re buying, instead of just “what” you’re buying. Over the past few years, several smaller organic companies sold out to huge corporations so they could retire and enjoy the good life.

Problem is that “good ole” company is now a bastard child of Big Food, and you can bet all the products that were once clean are now polluted with toxic foods, even though they’re still organic.

Yes, it’s true. Big Food loves to push unfermented soy and rapeseed (canola) on us, and even when they’re organic they’re still bad for the body over the long term. Watch out for those high estrogen levels and that coagulating blood! Nothing good comes from it.



Related: Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

Here are some examples in case you aren’t up to date on the “who owns who” of the organic world of tainted food. Purdue Farms owns Hans. Coca Cola owns Suja juice, Green Mountain Coffee and Honest Tea.

Not so “honest” anymore, huh? Campbell Soup Company owns Wolfgang Puck, Plum Organics and Bolthouse Farms. Nestle owns Sweet Leaf Tea and Tribe Mediterranean Foods. Pepsi owns Naked Juice and Stacy’s Pita Chips.

Wait, there are more. Hain Celestial owns Spectrum Organics, Garden of Eatin and Ella’s Kitchen, just to name a few. Kellogg owns Bare Naked, Kashi and Morningstar Farms.

Did you know J.M. Smucker owns Santa Cruz Organic? You should also know that General Mills owns Muir Glen, Cascadian Farm, LaraBar and Annie’s Homegrown – the latter of which might not be so “homegrown” anymore.


2. Buying Organic Foods that Contain Canola

Organic or not, canola oil is synthetic oil bred from its parent rapeseed. Big Food needed a cheap substitute for imported coconut oil and palm oil and bam! A creative Canadian scientist took the most toxic of all food-oil plants and reduced the toxicity to meet FDA “standards” (nothing to write home about).

Canola oil is still toxic even when it contains zero pesticides, and that’s why it doesn’t matter if it carries the “certified organic” seal of approval from the USDA.

Studies of rats consuming canola revealed degeneration of the heart, kidneys, thyroid gland and adrenals. As soon as the scientists withdrew canola from the rats’ feed, the health damage rescinded.



Related: Canadian Study Gives More Evidence Cancer Is A Lifestyle Disease Largely Caused By Food & ‘A Bloody Disgrace’: Watch Jamie Oliver’s Video Message To The NZ Government On Sugar Tax

Don’t forget, humans are animals too, with 96 percent the same DNA as the rest of the animals on planet Earth, so don’t think this alarming canola research doesn’t apply to us.

Canola oil is high in glycosides, which means it inhibits enzyme function and destroys the protective coating surrounding your nerves, and once that sheath is gone, you’re done for. Nerve damage sets in.

Canola oil, over the long term, can cause emphysema, constipation and respiratory distress. Don’t be fooled by the happy little term “expeller pressed.” It doesn’t matter because canola still carries the mutated rapeseed genes.

Big Food still has to bleach it and deodorize it to remove the stink. Almost all organic mayonnaise products and organic salad dressings are loaded with canola or soy or both! Watch out.


3. Buying Organic Foods that Contain Unfermented Soy

Just since the year 2000, U.S. food manufacturers have introduced over 3,000 soy-based foods, many of which are labeled “certified organic,” but does that even matter?

Any soy that is unfermented, whether organic or not, is linked to immune-system malfunctions, thyroid dysfunction and cognitive decline.

In fact, no soy was fit to eat until the discovery of fermentation techniques during the Chou Dynasty.



Related: Putin’s New Plan To Become #1 Scares Monsanto Big Time

Anyone eating unfermented soy would suffer from eating anti-nutrient toxins that block the enzymes humans need for protein digestion, and that’s at just two tablespoons a day.

Hundreds of health studies reveal infant abnormalities, kidney stones and food allergies thanks to soy consumption. If you read or hear about the benefits of soy, they’re talking about fermented soy only. Most organic mayonnaise products and organic salad dressings are loaded with canola or soy or both! Watch out.


4. Buying Anything “Certified Organic” that Was Grown in China

With three times the population of America, China suffers major environmental pollution problems, including waste management, industrial and agricultural contamination, pharmaceutical contamination, plus inadequate water treatment.

At least 70 percent of China’s water is so polluted it’s deemed unsafe for human contact.

Some of the rivers there have such high metal content that they literally run red from rust. That means even if food is grown organically without pesticide use, it’s still contaminated across the board.



Related: If You're Juicing Non-Organic Produce, You're Just Poisoning Yourself With A Pesticide Cocktail


5. Assuming that “USDA Certified Organic” Means No Heavy Metal Toxins

The USDA does not inspect certified organic food for heavy metal toxins at all.

That would include lead, aluminum, mercury, nickel, copper, tungsten and arsenic. Can you believe it?

You can have your levels tested by a Naturopathic Physician. Your best bet is to avoid all organic food that’s imported from China – the most polluted industrial nation in the world.


6. Putting Organic Food in the Microwave Oven

The “nuker” not only destroys nutritive qualities of food within seconds, but produces wave energy radiation that interacts with food molecules, changing their polarity from positive to negative at millions of times per second.

This severe agitation and friction bombards the food and forcefully deforms it. The scientific name for this is “structural isomerism.”


7. Cooking Organic Meat on an Outdoor Grill

Even if meat is organic, when you grill it at high temperature and fat drips onto the heat source, potent carcinogens are created called polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH’s).



Related: FDA Has Known Processed Meat Causes Cancer Since The 1970s, But Continues To Cover Up Truth To Protect Meat industry

There is also a chemical reaction between the amino acids and creatine in the meat that forms dangerous heterocyclic amines (HCA’s). Lastly, you’re increasing the amount of advanced glycolytic enzymes (AGE’s) already present in the meat, causing inflammation and oxidative damage to tissues in your body.


8. Boiling Organic Vegetables in Water You Got From the Tap

You can’t boil out cancer-causing, IQ-lowering sodium fluoride from tap water. You need a high quality water filtration system like Big Berkey to do that. Don’t pollute your clean food with toxic tap water.

[It is pretty much the same situation when you water your home-grown organic vegetables with fluoridated and / or chlorinated tap water.]

Enough said.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Steve Bannon Unleashes The Wrath Of The 'Grim Reaper' On Enemies Within - 'Absolutely' Going To War With Establishment Republicans + Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie - One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History
September 18 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / TheGatewayPundit

In his first nationally televised interview, former White House chief strategist Steve Bannon, who has often been referred to as the "Grim Reaper, among other things, unleashes his wrath, not against members of the opposing Democratic party, but on the true enemies within, the "establishment Republicans," that he says is trying to "nullify the 2016 election."



The interview covered a variety of topics, including President Trump's Twitter use which he believes is unique and a way to speak directly to the people without the prism and spin by the MSM, DACA & the Catholic church, Neo-nazis, the "Russian collusion" narrative and why it is a farce, and why it was so important for Bannon himself to leave his White House position in order to fight for the American people and the President.

Related: Report: Donald Trump Liked Steve Bannon’s ‘Articulate and Forceful’ 60 Minutes Interview


Bannon Names the Enemies Within

Unsurprisingly, some of the most important things that Bannon revealed are the exact points the MSM is barely covering or spinning in a manner not consistent with Bannon's actual answers.

For example, Bannon's interview was with CBS's Charlie Rose for '60 Minutes," and their headline blares "Breitbart's Bannon declares war on the GOP," but that is not what Bannon said, his answer of "absolutely" when Rose asked if he was "going to war with them" was in reference to a previous answer which named some of the enemies within the "Republican establishment,"  that are "trying to nullify the 2016 election." 

Bannon was asked who in the Republican establishment was trying to nullify the election, he answers:


“I think Mitch McConnell, and to a degree, Paul Ryan. They do not want Donald Trump's populist, economic nationalist agenda to be implemented. It's very obvious. It's obvious as - it's obvious as the - it's obvious as night follows day is what they're trying to do."



Related: Fox & Friends 9/7/17, 8AM : Steve Bannon Speaks Out " I Will Be The President's Wing Man "

When asked for an example, he highlighted one of the first meetings with Mitch McConnell, where McConnell tried to demand the Trump campaign back off their talking about "draining the swamp."


“Oh, Mitch McConnell when we first met him, I mean, he was - he was - he - he said, I think in one of the first meetings - in Trump Tower with the president - as we're wrapping up, he basically says, "I don't wanna hear any more of this 'Drain the Swamp' talk."

He says, "I can't - I can't hire any smart people," because everybody's all over him for reporting requirements and - and the pay, et cetera, and the scrutiny. You know, "You gotta back off that." The "Drain the Swamp" thing was - is Mitch McConnell was Day One did not wanna - did not wanna go there. Wanted us to back off..”





The Swamp Monsters

What is not heard above, but can be heard during the full video, only on the CBS News site for now, is the follow up points made by Bannon about the "Swamp" in general after Rose asked him if he "cleaned the swamp", which should be mandatory reading and/or listening to every single person that wants the swamp drained, everyone that has lamented on why the swamp hasn't already been drained, those that have criticized the slowness of the process.


Bannon: "Well, first off - OK, the swamp is 50 years in the making. Let's talk about the swamp. The swamp is a business model. It's a successful business model. It's a donor-consultant K Street lobbyist-politician - seven of the nine biggest ca - most - wealthiest counties in America ring Washington, D.C."

Rose:
"What are you talking about when you talk about the swamp. You're talking about the lobbyists and the people -"

Bannon: "The permanent political class, as represented by both parties. You're not gonna - you're not gonna drain that in eight months. You're not gonna drain it in two terms. This is gonna take 10, 15, 20 years of relentlessly going after it..”

Steve Bannon just did what no politician has done, he actually, finally, defined the "swamp."

We have heard the term drain the swamp for years, throughout election cycles, but no one has ever explained how deep the swamp really is or how many "animals" are part of the ecosystem, and for the  "this should be done right now!" crowd, that might be the most critical point to understand.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Obama Told Trump to “Sustain the International Order” in White House Letter

Presidents cannot fire members of congress that are part of the so-called "swamp," nor the political class talking heads, nor the donors, that is up to "we the people."

A president can "drain" portions within his administration, like Sally Yates' termination, or the "bloodbath" when Secretary of State Rex Tillerson cleaned out the "7th floor," etc... but it could take decades to drain the entire thing, and that is only, as Bannon makes it clear, if we "relentlessly" continue to go after it.




Related: UK Officials Focus on Trump’s Tweets More Than Terror


Key Quotes

Key quote on why Bannon felt it was important to get out of the White House to become an "outside wing man" for President Trump:


“You are a staffer. I was a federal government employee. There are certain things you can't do. I cannot take the fight to who we have to take the fight to when I'm an advisor to the president as a federal government employee. You can't do it..”

The one criticism Bannon has about the president:


“I think if there's one criticism or one observation is that the president in coming here, right, has still thought - at least in the beginning of his administration - that it's about personalities, and, "If I can change this personality," or, "If I can get this guy on my side, I can do that."

And it's not what the institutional logic is. I think some of that was with the FBI and others in the State Department and how his foreign policy is playing out. But I believe you're gonna see over time he's gonna have a greater appreciation that this is a city of institutions, and you must engage them as institutions, not just as personalities.”

Bannon on President Trump's Twitter use and why it is important:


“OK, I don't think he needs - the Washington Post, and the New York Times, and CBS News. And I don't believe he thinks that they're looking out what's in his best interest, OK? He's not gonna believe that, I don't believe that, and you don't believe that, OK?

This is another just standard in judgment that you rain upon him in the effort to destroy Donald Trump. He knows he's speaking directly to the people who put him in office when he uses Twitter. And it sometimes is not in the custom and tradition of what the opposition party deems is appropriate. You're - you're absolutely correct, it's not.

And he's not gonna stop.

And by the way, General Kelly, I have the most tremendous respect for and has put in very tight processes. He's not gonna be able to control it either because it's Donald Trump.

It's Donald Trump talking directly to the American people. And to say something else, you're gonna get some good there. And every now and again you're gonna get some less good, OK? But you're just gonna have to live with it.”



Related: Trump Debunks Fake News Spread By Pelosi and Schumer on the Border Wall

In the clip shown below, before the actual interview aired, we see Steve Bannon address the Access Hollywood tape that was released during the election, and how at a meeting, everyone was convinced Trump should drop out of the running, but that Bannon was only person in the room that told him he had "100% probability of winning the election." 

He explains why that time was a "litmus test" because if you are behind someone, you stay behind them through the good and the bad.

The importance here is he made it clear he took out his "little black book" and started taking names... no doubt those names he took down during the campaign and during his time in the White House, are the people he is indeed "going to war" with over the next few years on President Trump's behalf.



 

The last clip shows Bannon shut Charlie Rose right down as he suggests that Bannon doesn't appreciate diversity or civil rights in the eyes on Bannon's critics, where Bannon states:


“I was raised in a desegregated neighborhood. It - it - the north side of Richmond is predominantly black, OK? I went to - I went to an integrated school, a Catholic school. I served in the military.

I don't need to be - I don't need to be lectured by a bunch of - by a bunch of limousine liberals, OK, from the Upper East Side of New York and from the Hamptons, OK, about any of this. My lived experience is that."





The entire transcript and video interview is at CBS News. Breitbart has 25 quotes from the Bannon interview.


Bottom Line Analysis

Steve Bannon doesn't respond to each and every bit of media specualtion and gossip about him, his relations with the President, why he left the White House, who and what he is, but this interview, the very first televised interview with Bannon since he resigned as chief strategist, is his reponse to it all.

The man that has been dubbed the "grim reaper," is taking out his little black book, waging a media war on the enemies within the Republican establishment, and he has just put them all on notice that his figurative "scythe" is aimed right for their head.

It has begun: Bannon plotting primaries against slate of GOP incumbents




Joy Villa - Growth






Related: Joy Villa Given 48 Hours to Delete Her Incredible MAGA Song From YouTube




Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie – One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History

Sean Hannity interviewed Rep. Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA) on Wednesday night. The California Republican recently went to London to interview Wikileaks founder Julian Assange about the Hillary Clinton emails that were published by Wikileaks during the 2016 presidential campaign. Once again Rep. Rohrabacher told Sean Hannity he was 99% certain that the Russian collusion narrative is a total lie.



Last week Rep. Rohrabacher told Sean Hannity he was 99% certain that the Russian collusion narrative is a total lie. This week he doubled down and repeated the accusation.

Related: Ivy League Reputation Damaged? Harvard Professors Publish 'Fake News' On Russia

Tonight on Hannity Rep. Dana Rohrabacher said the Russian collusion scandal is the biggest political scandal in US history.


“Rep. Rohrabacher: Once we know the Russians weren’t involved, then we have to understand that this massive propaganda campaign, this historic con-job that happened after the election to prevent our president from exercising the powers granted to him by the voters, this is one of the great political crimes committed against the American people in our history. "

Via Hannity:





Related Articles:


Leftists More Outraged Over Trump’s Tweets Than London Terror Attack

Donald Trump Jr. DESTROYS Far Left Blowhard Michael Moore

‘Maybe he’ll be president’: Trump Greets 11-year-old Entrepreneur Who Mowed White House Lawn

Just Plain Bizarre! – 124 Year Old Books with Very Weird Parallels to 2016-17

Sheriff David Clarke Set to Join the Trump Administration

Trump Pledging $1 Million in Personal Funds to Harvey Relief

Will special counsel Mueller examine the DNC server, source of the great Russiagate caper?

Witch Hunt: Robert Mueller Brings In NY AG Who Pals with Soros Family and Sued Trump and his Son Eric

Liberals Attack POTUS Trump After He Declares Sunday ‘National Prayer Day’ For Harvey Victims

#FakeNews Media Refuses to Show Massive Crowd of Screaming Supporters Greeting Trumps in Texas

USA Today Outs 4,500 Club Members at Trump Golf Clubs – Calls It Journalism

Donald Trump Jr. Releases Statement After Meeting With Senate Judiciary Committee

Customs and Border Protection Awards Contracts for “Other Materials” Border Wall Prototypes

U.S. Conference of Bishops’ Ludicrous Response to Steve Bannon’s ’60 Minutes’ Interview

KellyAnne Conway Full One-on-One Explosive Interview With Martha McCallum


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Top Scientist Tells CBS: HAARP Responsible For Recent Hurricanes
September 18 2017 | From: YourNewsWire

World renowned physicist Dr. Michio Kaku made a shocking confession on live TV when he admitted that HAARP is responsible for the recent spate of hurricanes. 



In an interview aired by CBS, Dr. Kaku admitted that recent ‘man-made’ hurricanes have been the result of a government weather modification program in which the skies were sprayed with nano particles and storms then “activated” through the use of “lasers”.

Related: List of 100 US Patents Related to Weather Modification

In the interview (below), Michio Kaku discusses the history of weather modification, before the CBS crew stop him in his tracks.

The High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) was created in the early 1990’s as part of an ionospheric research program jointly funded by the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Navy, the University of Alaska Fairbanks, and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).

According to government officials, HAARP allows the military to modify and weaponize the weather, by triggering earthquakes, floods, and hurricanes.




Anongroup.org
reports: One detail in a plethora of academic papers and patents about altering the weather with electromagnetic energy and conductive particles in the stratosphere, research published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences said the “laser beams” can create plasma channels in air, causing ice to form. According to Professor Wolf Kasparian:

“Under the conditions of a typical storm cloud, in which ice and supercooled water coexist, no direct influence of the plasma channels on ice formation or precipitation processes could be detected.

Under conditions typical for thin cirrus ice clouds, however, the plasma channels induced a surprisingly strong effect of ice multiplication.



Related: Weather Warfare: Globalists Order Geoengineers to “Shock & Awe” America with Superstorms

Within a few minutes, the laser action led to a strong enhancement of the total ice particle number density in the chamber by up to a factor of 100, even though only a 10−9 fraction of the chamber volume was exposed to the plasma channels.

The newly formed ice particles quickly reduced the water vapor pressure to ice saturation, thereby increasing the cloud optical thickness by up to three orders of magnitude.”

To really understand geoengineering, researchers have identified defense contractors Raytheon, BAE Systems, and corporations such as General Electric as being heavily involved with geoengineering. According to Peter A. Kirby, Massachusetts has historically been a center of geoengineering research.




With the anomalous hurricanes currently ravaging the Americas, floods destroying India, and wildfires destroying the Pacific Northwest, weather warfare is a topic on the public consciousness right now. Please share this with as many people as possible.


Related Articles:

Hurricane Jose Updates

“Weather Wars” Theorists Claim Hurricane Harvey Was Engineered, “Steered” Toward Houston As A “Weather Terrorism” Weapon + Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?

Hurricane Irma a “man-made storm” created via “weather weaponization” technology … new video released

Was Hurricane Irma Steered by Maser Satellites in Weather War against USA?

"Greatest Evacuation In History" - 650,000 Ordered To Leave Florida

175 U.S. patents prove that geoengineering and weather control technologies are REAL… see the list here

Cooling Towers, Climate Engineering & Hurricane Harvey, Is There A Connection?

Current Surface Wind Orthographic

Arctic Sea Ice Mission Disproves their Own Theory


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Here Are The 147 Transnational Companies That Run The World
September 17 2017 | From: TechnocracyNews

A study by the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich found that a mere 147 corporations control the world – orchestrating events and controlling governments.



These companies are run by Technocrats who are all busy perfecting the the ultimate and interconnected global supply chain. The list is not necessarily perfect, but it is representative of a class of super-companies who are running the global show. 

 Related: City of London's Ownership of American Colonies

The analysis, which looked at the relationships between 43,000 transnational corporations, identified that only a tiny handful of mega-corporations, mostly banks, had a disproportionate amount of power over world events.

Newscientist.com reports: “Reality is so complex, we must move away from dogma, whether it’s conspiracy theories or free-market,” says James Glattfelder. “Our analysis is reality-based.”

Previous studies have found that a few TNCs [Trans-National Corporations] own large chunks of the world’s economy, but they included only a limited number of companies and omitted indirect ownerships, so could not say how this affected the global economy – whether it made it more or less stable, for instance.

The Zurich team can. From Orbis 2007, a database listing 37 million companies and investors worldwide, they pulled out all 43,060 TNCs and the share ownerships linking them. Then they constructed a model of which companies controlled others through shareholding networks, coupled with each company’s operating revenues, to map the structure of economic power.

The work, to be published in PLoS One, revealed a core of 1318 companies with interlocking ownerships. Each of the 1318 had ties to two or more other companies, and on average they were connected to 20.




Top 10 Evil Corporations

“Thought big companies got to the top by being nice? This video might make you think again, starting with IBM.”








What’s more, although they represented 20 per cent of global operating revenues, the 1318 appeared to collectively own through their shares the majority of the world’s large blue chip and manufacturing firms – the “real” economy – representing a further 60 per cent of global revenues.

When the team further untangled the web of ownership, it found much of it tracked back to a “super-entity” of 147 even more tightly knit companies – all of their ownership was held by other members of the super-entity – that controlled 40 per cent of the total wealth in the network.

“In effect, less than 1 per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network,” says Glattfelder. Most were financial institutions. The top 20 included Barclays Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co, and The Goldman Sachs Group.

John Driffill of the University of London, a macroeconomics expert, says the value of the analysis is not just to see if a small number of people controls the global economy, but rather its insights into economic stability.

Concentration of power is not good or bad in itself, says the Zurich team, but the core’s tight interconnections could be. As the world learned in 2008, such networks are unstable. “If one [company] suffers distress,” says Glattfelder, “this propagates.”



Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

“It’s disconcerting to see how connected things really are,” agrees George Sugihara of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, California, a complex systems expert who has advised Deutsche Bank.

Yaneer Bar-Yam, head of the New England Complex Systems Institute (NECSI), warns that the analysis assumes ownership equates to control, which is not always true. Most company shares are held by fund managers who may or may not control what the companies they part-own actually do. The impact of this on the system’s behaviour, he says, requires more analysis.

Crucially, by identifying the architecture of global economic power, the analysis could help make it more stable. By finding the vulnerable aspects of the system, economists can suggest measures to prevent future collapses spreading through the entire economy.

Glattfelder says we may need global anti-trust rules, which now exist only at national level, to limit over-connection among TNCs. Sugihara says the analysis suggests one possible solution: firms should be taxed for excess interconnectivity to discourage this risk.



Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks

One thing won’t chime with some of the protesters’ claims: the super-entity is unlikely to be the intentional result of a conspiracy to rule the world. “Such structures are common in nature,” says Sugihara.

Newcomers to any network connect preferentially to highly connected members. TNCs buy shares in each other for business reasons, not for world domination. If connectedness clusters, so does wealth, says Dan Braha of NECSI: in similar models, money flows towards the most highly connected members.

The Zurich study, says Sugihara, “is strong evidence that simple rules governing TNCs give rise spontaneously to highly connected groups”. Or as Braha puts it:


“The Occupy Wall Street claim that 1 per cent of people have most of the wealth reflects a logical phase of the self-organising economy.”

So, the super-entity may not result from conspiracy. The real question, says the Zurich team, is whether it can exert concerted political power. Driffill feels 147 is too many to sustain collusion. Braha suspects they will compete in the market but act together on common interests. [Comment: If you are reading this then you should already know what's going on.]

Resisting changes to the network structure may be one such common interest.


The Top 50 of the 147 Superconnected Companies

1. Barclays plc
2. Capital Group Companies Inc
3. FMR Corporation
4. AXA
5. State Street Corporation
6. JP Morgan Chase & Co
7. Legal & General Group plc
8. Vanguard Group Inc
9. UBS AG
10. Merrill Lynch & Co Inc
11. Wellington Management Co LLP
12. Deutsche Bank AG
13. Franklin Resources Inc
14. Credit Suisse Group
15. Walton Enterprises LLC
16. Bank of New York Mellon Corp
17. Natixis
18. Goldman Sachs Group Inc
19. T Rowe Price Group Inc
20. Legg Mason Inc
21. Morgan Stanley
22. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc
23. Northern Trust Corporation
24. Société Générale
25. Bank of America Corporation
26. Lloyds TSB Group plc
27. Invesco plc
28. Allianz SE 29. TIAA
30. Old Mutual Public Limited Company
31. Aviva plc
32. Schroders plc
33. Dodge & Cox
34. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc*
35. Sun Life Financial Inc
36. Standard Life plc
37. CNCE
38. Nomura Holdings Inc
39. The Depository Trust Company
40. Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
41. ING Groep NV
42. Brandes Investment Partners LP
43. Unicredito Italiano SPA
44. Deposit Insurance Corporation of Japan
45. Vereniging Aegon
46. BNP Paribas
47. Affiliated Managers Group Inc
48. Resona Holdings Inc
49. Capital Group International Inc
50. China Petrochemical Group Company




If You Hate Poverty, You Should Love Capitalism

A look into why Capitalism is the best thing that ever happened to average citizens.

Arthur Brooks, president of the American Enterprise Institute, explains how Capitalism is struggling to attract new followers despite helping millions of average people control their own destinies and accumulate wealth through hard work.





Related: May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused
September 17 2017 | From: Infowars / TheContrail / TheGatewayPundit

Financial analyst exposes Clinton Foundation UNITAID fraud, faulty HIV/AIDS medications to Africa.



Charles Ortel, the noted Wall Street financial analyst who has charged the Clintons with running the Clinton Foundation as a vast international criminal conspiracy, has produced new research, suggesting the Clintons could face the possibility of international investigations over their administration of UNITAID funds.

Related: Former Clinton Fundraiser Says Hillary Should ‘Shut The F*** Up And Go Away’

Ortel has previously argued the story of the Clinton Health Access Initiative (CHAI)/UNITAID scam is one of the most poignant alleged Clinton Foundation abuses demonstrating how the Clintons used their tax-exempt foundation to conduct a “reverse Robin Hood,” robbing the average air traveler in France to benefit the rich, namely themselves, at the expense of short-changing those inflicted by HIV/AIDS from treatment that the World Health Organization had promised the international community represented would be delivered honestly.

Ortel explained to Infowars.com that the Clinton fraud with UNITAID could lead to criminal investigations in countries including France and Great Britain, even if the U.S. Justice Department continues to decline any serious criminal investigations into Clinton Foundation activities.

To get an idea of the magnitude of the fraud possible, consider that the levy imposed on airline tickets by the French government alone, according to records published by the French Civil Aviation Authority, has collected more than $1 billion euros in the approximately six years since the UNITAID program was launched in 2006 through Jan. 23, 2013.



Related: LOL: Piers Morgan Declares Hillary a Big ‘LOSER’ and Tells her to ‘GET OVER IT!’

“The air ticket levy, a predictable and robust source of revenue, contributes to the fight against HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, diseases that cause more than 4 million deaths every year,” UNITAID, the principal beneficiary of this levy, said in January 2013, when congratulating France “for its pivotal role and leadership in innovative financing for development."

UNITAID documents that 60.8 percent of all UNITAID contributions from 2006-2012 have come from France.

Ortel explained to Infowars.com that a French government investigation in 2011 concluded that UNITAID had sent approximately $450 million to CHAI by Dec. 31, 2009.

Ortel pointed out that a major problem for the Clintons was that neither CHAI nor the Clinton Foundation had received proper authorization from U.S. government or foreign government authorities to operate as an international charity accepting donations in the U.S. and abroad to combat HIV/AIDS.


“UNITAID was organized with the understanding that around 50% of initial grants would be routed through Clinton Foundation HIV/AIDS Initiative, Inc. and/or the Clinton Foundation to ‘fight HIV/AIDS internationally,’” Ortel pointed out.

“The problem is that regulatory filings prove the Clintons had merged CHAI out of legal existence on December 31, 2005, before UNITAID was organized on Sept. 19, 2006, and the second entity, the Clinton Foundation, never had lawful power from the IRS to do anything other than serve as Presidential archive and research facility in Arkansas,” he continued.

“Then, on Dec. 31, 2009, while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State and Lois Lerner was denying and/or delaying tax deferred status to conservative and libertarian groups applying for 501(c)(3) status, the Clintons filed a false and misleading application with the IRS under penalties of perjury naming Bill Clinton as chairman and trustee for a new charity, the Clinton Health Access Initiative, Inc. (New CHAI),” Ortel argued.

“In signing this application Bill Clinton failed to disclose that he was a convicted felon, forced to surrender licenses to practice law in Arkansas, as well as before the U.S. Supreme Court, for lying under oath and obstructing justice in a sexual harassment case brought by Paula Jones.”

“This false application (creating New CHAI) was riddled with lies and omitted key facts, but was swiftly approved by Lerner’s division of the IRS on 15 March 2010,” he added.




Ortel also pointed out that during 2007, as then Prime Minister Tony Blair was leaving office, the United Kingdom government made a commitment of up to £1 billion over 20 years.


“I give you this background, to show that a conspiracy has long existed to cover up a plan wherein governments make vast donations to leaky charities and these leaky charities either divert or temporarily let politicians avail themselves of massive sums either for personal or for political uses.”

Ortel’s analysis concluded that in no year from 2006 through 2013, do the numbers UNITAID records sending CHAI agree with the amounts the Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.

Some years the amounts UNITAID says were sent CHAI are more than Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID, such as in 2008 and 2010.

In the other years, the amounts UNITAID reports say was sent to CHAI in each year differ from the amounts the Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.  Some years the amounts UNITAID says were sent CHAI are more than Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.

Ortel argues that these discrepancies, between the amounts UNITAID sent CHAI and the amounts CHAI records having received from UNITAID, would not have been possible had the independent auditors to Clinton Foundation, including PricewaterhouseCoopers, conducted a thorough financial audit that involved reconciling all CHAI-recorded receipt of funds with the UNITAID audited financial records detailing the amount of funds UNITAID sent to CHAI.



Related: Hillary Clinton promotes new media platform no one seems to understand

The records also show that while skimming tens of millions of dollars from U.N. levies imposed on airline travelers, CHAI worked closely with Ranbaxy a pharmaceutical company in India, to distribute “drastically substandard” generic antiretroviral drugs to Third World countries that had no chance of helping HIV/AIDs patients

On May 15, 2013, investigative reporter Katherine Eban published an important article in Fortune Magazine, entitled “Dirty Medicine,” in which she detailed the criminal fraud in which Ranbaxy manufactured for CHAI substandard and otherwise defective HIV/AIDS medicines.

On May 13, 2013, in what developed as a global pharmaceutical scandal, Ranbaxy pleaded guilty to seven federal criminal counts of selling adulterated drugs with an intent to defraud, failing to report that its drugs didn’t meet specifications, and making intentionally false statements to the government.

In pleading guilty, Ranbaxy also agreed to pay $500 million in fines, forfeitures, and penalties, the most ever levied against a generic-drug company.



Wonder why the Clinton Foundation Folded so Suddenly After Hillary was no Longer in a Position of Influence?

Perhaps this summary will give some insight. They list 486 employees (line 5)! It took 486 people who are paid $34.8 million and $91.3 million in fees and expenses, to give away $5.1 million dollars.

This is real. You can check the 2015 return yourself (see the link below). The real heart of the Clinton's can be seen here. Staggering but not surprising.



Related: Reporter Kicked Out Of Hillary Book Signing For Asking Questions

These figures are from an official copy of the Bill, Hillary and Chelsea Clinton Foundation for the tax year 2014. The copy of the tax return is from the National Center for Charitable Statistics website. You can get the latest tax return on any charitable organization there.


Total revenue (line 12) $177,804,612.00

Total grants to charity (line 13) $ 5,160,385.00 (that's less than 3%)

Total expenses of $91,281,145.00


Expenses include:

Salaries (line 15) $ 34,838,106.00

Fund raising fees (line 16a) $ 850,803.00

Other expenses (line 17) $ 50,431,851.00

Travel $ 8,000,000.00

Meetings $ 12,000,000.00


Line 22 shows ending year net assets/fund balances of $332,471,349.00 which is up $85,171,891 from last year's tax return!

And they call this a charity?

Foundation Center Financial Records: Bill, Hillary and Chelsea Clinton Foundation



Lawyer Files Lawsuit Against The FBI And Corrupt Clintons

DOJ confirms lawsuit is matter of public interest.

Lawyer Ty Clevenger is trying to get Hillary Clinton disbarred and recently the DOJ acknowledged that the issue is a matter of public interest.





Related Articles:

Chelsea Clinton Spars With Infowars Over Tranny Michelle Debate

Chelsea Clinton Attacks President Trump for Saying #Harvey Response a ‘Wonderful Thing’

Federal Security Agent Found Dead – Body Pulled from Potomac – Media Silent

Report: Obama Triggered by Trump’s Plan to End DACA, Plans on Speaking Out if Program Ended

Internet Owns Obama For Leaving List Of Instructions For Trump

Anniversary Of Hillary Clinton’s Campaign Collapse On 9/11

Laughing on the Way to Armageddon



Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused

If Judge James E. Boasberg has his way, details of Hillary Clinton’s email investigation by the FBI will see the light of day. The U.S. District Judge isn’t buying the FBI’s claim that a “lack of public interest” justifies withholding the documents.

Washington Times reports:

Related: FBI Continues Cover for Hillary: Says Lack of Public Interest In Clinton Emails Justifies Withholding Documents


“A federal judge ordered the FBI on Thursday to disclose more details about how it handled its investigation into Hillary Clinton’s secret email account.

U.S. District Judge James E. Boasberg said court papers describing the grand jury subpoenas the FBI obtained to compel information from Mrs. Clinton’s internet service providers can be made public.

In doing so, he overruled objections by the Trump administration that had insisted making the information public would violate grand jury secrecy rules.

“After reviewing the document in camera, the court concludes that it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy,” the judge said.

Two groups, Judicial Watch and Cause of Action Institute, have been prodding the government for more information about the Clinton emails, and they cheered the judge’s ruling as a victory for transparency.

“After reviewing the document in camera, the court concludes that it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy,” the judge said.

Two groups, Judicial Watch and Cause of Action Institute, have been prodding the government for more information about the Clinton emails, and they cheered the judge’s ruling as a victory for transparency.

“This order makes public details submitted by the government about the FBI’s efforts to recover then-Secretary Clinton’s unlawfully removed emails. Americans deserve to know the full scope of that investigation,” said COA President John J. Vecchione."

President of Judicial Watch, Tom Fitton released a statement regarding this ruling:


“We’re happy with the ruling but it is unbelievable we’re being opposed by Trump appointees in the State and Justice Department’s on the Clinton email issue.  President Trump ought to be outraged his appointees are protecting Hillary Clinton. The State Department should initiate action with the Justice Department – and both agencies should finally take the necessary steps to recover all the government emails Hillary Clinton unlawfully removed."

As the TGP reported, the FBI has denied lawyer Ty Clevenger’s request to obtain documents related to Hillary Clinton’s email probe.



Related: Comey Rigged Hillary Investigation

The reason given? A “lack of public interest.”

According to the Washington Times:


Hillary Clinton’s case isn’t interesting enough to the public to justify releasing the FBI’s files on her, the bureau said this week in rejecting an open-records request by a lawyer seeking to have the former secretary of state punished for perjury.

Ty Clevenger, the lawyer, has been trying to get Mrs. Clinton and her personal lawyers disbarred for their handling of her official emails during her time as secretary of state. He’s met with resistance among lawyers, and now his request for information from the FBI’s files has been shot down.

“You have not sufficiently demonstrated that the public’s interest in disclosure outweighs personal privacy interests of the subject,” FBI records management section chief David M. Hardy told Mr. Clevenger in a letter Monday.

“It is incumbent upon the requester to provide documentation regarding the public’s interest in the operations and activities of the government before records can be processed pursuant to the FOIA,” Mr. Hardy wrote.

Mrs. Clinton, is the 2016 Democratic presidential nominee, former chief diplomat, former U.S. senator, and former first lady of both the U.S. and Arkansas."

Conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch announced that on August 8, 2017, D.C. District Court Judge Amit P. Mehta ordered the State Department “to search the state.gov e-mail accounts of Huma Abedin, Cheryl Mills, and Jacob Sullivan” for emails relating to the Benghazi scandal.

This is a major victory. The truth will prevail.



Related: White House Petition: Public Must Demand Release of Hillary’s Records

Judicial Watch reports:


“Judge Mehta described Judicial Watch’s Clinton Benghazi FOIA lawsuit as “a far cry from a typical FOIA case. Secretary Clinton used a private e-mail server, located in her home, to transmit and receive work-related communications during her tenure as Secretary of State.”

Further: [I]f an e-mail did not involve any state.gov user, the message would have passed through only the Secretary’s private server and, therefore, would be beyond the immediate reach of State.

Because of this circumstance, unlike the ordinary case, State could not look solely to its own records systems to adequately respond to [Judicial Watch’s] demand.

[The State Department] has not, however, searched the one records system over which it has always had control and that is almost certain to contain some responsive records: the state.gov e-mail server.

If Secretary Clinton sent an e-mail about Benghazi to Abedin, Mills, or Sullivan at his or her state.gov e-mail address, or if one of them sent an e-mail to Secretary Clinton using his or her state.gov account, then State’s server presumably would have captured and stored such an e-mail. Therefore, State has an obligation to search its own server for responsive records.

State has offered no assurance that the three record compilations it received [from Secretary Clinton and her aides], taken together, constitute the entirety of Secretary Clinton’s e-mails during the time period relevant to Plaintiff’s FOIA Request.

Absent such assurance, the court is unconvinced “beyond material doubt” that a search of the state.gov accounts of Abedin, Mills and Sullivan is “unlikely to produce any marginal return.”

President of Judicial Watch, Tom Fitton said about this new federal court order, “This major court ruling may finally result in more answers about the Benghazi scandal and Hillary Clinton’s involvement in it – as we approach the attack’s fifth anniversary."

It is remarkable that we had to battle both the Obama and Trump administrations to break through the State Department’s Benghazi stonewall. Why are Secretary Tillerson and Attorney General Sessions wasting taxpayer dollars protecting Hillary Clinton and the Obama administration?



Related: New Evidence Reveals Comey Exonerated Hillary Before Key Witness Interviews

We are approaching the 5 year anniversary of the attack at a U.S. diplomatic compound that killed four Americans, including the U.S. Ambassador to Libya.

Hillary Clinton, Susan Rice and other criminals in the Obama administration have lied to the American public about the Benghazi attack.

The public deserves to know the truth and the Obama administration must be held accountable.


Related Articles:

Hillary Clinton “Obsessed” With Alex Jones in New Book

Hillary Clinton Wanted to Craft Voodoo Dolls of Congress, Media

Hillary Clinton Denies her Mistakes Cost her the Presidency

Hillary Confronted During Book Signing: “What Happened to Seth Rich?”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google Is NSA
September 16 2017 | From: Geopolitics

Google wants to be Big Brother’s eyeballs on you. All US internet gurus knew this since before the NSA was found out spying on everybody.



But now the Mountain View boys are more determined than ever to filter your information, and to obliterate any semblance of truth reaching people.

Related: Google Feels The Pain For Their Censorship Practices, While Free Speech Competitor Sees Massive Gains - 'Name Them And Shame Them'

If I had led into an article with that paragraph even five years ago, I’d have been instantly labeled a “conspiracy theorist” or worse. How about know dear reader?

Is the idea the technocrats and their huge monied handlers want to run you crazy? I didn’t think so. But if you need proof beyond the obvious, Google’s 160-page handbook tells us all exactly how they plan to spoon feed us only “their” news.

The lengthy handbook is a heavy read for the average person, but the book does lay out an Orwellian machination unlike anything seen since the Nazi propaganda machine of Hitler. Pay close attention to the “instructional” on page 108 where Google dictates who does and does not meet rating criteria.

The section under Fails to Meet (FailsM) is a steamrolling of the free press, and suggested hiding certain kinds of sites:


"Pages that directly contradict well established historical facts (e.g., unsubstantiated conspiracy theories), unless the query clearly indicates the user is seeking an alternative viewpoint.”

As per usual, Google has obscured its real intentions with the idea some super smart algorithm is “filtering” or “learning” results to help your life be better. Once again Google supposes to do “what is good for us” by destroying some sources and propping up others.

Using terms like “search quality rating guidelines” and “page quality rating guidelines” the little Machiavellis at Google provide justification for controlling what you see and read on the web. Censorship and monopolization of internet information and business – this is the case against the Mountain View boys this time.



Related: Big Brother Google Now Watching Your Every Political Move

Then there’s the section concerning how Google will rank the best of the best news sites entitled “A High Level of Expertise / Authoritativeness / Trustworthiness (EAT)”. The acronym should clue you that Google search users are about to be fed some bullshit truth.

“High Quality Pages” for the Google oligarchs means that either the page owner pays Google through the mouth, or that the site in question serves Google’s masters well – period. At the top of this matrix of sources are newspapers (High News 1) like The Washington Post and New York Times, followed by the articles within those pages (High News 2).

On down the list of authority pages are government sites like the US State Department and White House, and then pages categorized (believe it or not) “High Humor”.

So, Google has factored out the importance of truth or even the importance of the news story itself, in favor of “who” wrote the story and the “reality” Google wants you to accept – Big Brother’s network – end of story.

Melissa Dykes of Truth Stream Media made a video about the new Big Brother effort, and Government Slaves did their take as well. And the latter even suggests alternatives to using Google Search for those who refusing the totalitarian tendencies we see headed our way these days.

For people who had rather boycott the imminent evil such as Yandex, and DuckDuckGo. Government Slaves also lists 400 sites for independent news outside Google’s MATIX. My advice for everyone is to start making the transition away from Google and Facebook now.



Related: Kiwis Urged To Check And Change Passwords & Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”

My own vast experience in dealing with these tech people has revealed people with no morals whatsoever, people willing to do anything necessary to perpetuate their dominance in digital.

Google has destroyed millions of people’s livelihoods, broken its own code, lawyers itself around anti-trust and fair practice rules, avoided taxes, and colluded against the people of the United States with the intelligence agencies.

All these assertions are not just this writer’s ramblings. Back in 2014 John W. Whitehead wrote about the NSA and Google for the Huffington Post:


"Just look around you. It’s happened already. Thanks to an insidious partnership between Google and the National Security Agency (NSA) that grows more invasive and more subtle with every passing day, “we the people” have become little more than data consumer commodities to be bought, sold and paid for over and over again.”

August 29th the notorious Zero Hedge creator, Tyler Durden wrote a piece entitled “Why Google Made The NSA”, which revealed a project called INSURGE INTELLIGENCE, a crowd-funded investigative journalism project that had released a story of how the United States intelligence community funded, nurtured and incubated Google as part of a drive to dominate the world through control of information.

You read that correctly.

My past assertions that Sergey Brin and Larry Page were “lifted up” by unseen money were probably correct. While I presumed George Soros or Rockefeller being behind, it’s conceivable Uncle Sam was the spook in the woodpile. The Zero hedge story delves deep into a “deep state” we never imagined in our worst nightmares.



Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

The report unveils how Pentagon Highlands Forum’s more or less taking over tech giants like Google to pursue mass surveillance. Furthermore, the report shows how the intelligence community has played a key role in secret efforts to manipulate the media and the public.

The endless crisis and war we find ourselves in, is in large part because of the efforts of Google and the other technocratic institutions. In on section the author frames how the Obama administration really consolidated this “Big Brother” control:


"Under Obama, the nexus of corporate, industry, and financial power represented by the interests that participate in the Pentagon Highlands Forum has consolidated itself to an unprecedented degree.”

These people refer to themselves as “the gatekeepers”. Their arrogance is only exceeded by their amoral agnosticism.

The successes of the information age, Silicon Valley’s dubious venture capital bonanzas, the mysterious ways in which fairly ordinary innovators were propelling into the limelight warns us to the underlying swamp Donald Trump described.

But it is the immensity of the network that should clue us. Imagine a new president taking office and fending off attacks as best he could, only to discover that the whole machine of the US government being under such a controlling influence.

It’s easy to theorize after learning all this, how Trump did an about face on so many issues. He must have been overwhelmed. Or, he was part of the plan all along. [Comment: Author is out of the loop, clearly.]



Related: Steve Bannon Speaks After White House Departure: ‘I’m Going To War For Trump’

Finally, if we expand on this news and include other technocrats like Bill Gates or Jeff Bezos, then understanding world crises caused by bad US policy becomes simpler. It’s a corporation – all of it is a corporation for war and friction. Bezos walking with former Marine General and current Secretary of Defense, “Mad Dog” Mattis at Amazon is symbolic.

Trump’s posture with Israel, the Saudis, even on domestic policy tells us those campaign promises sank in the wake of a deep state ship at full steam forward. [Comment: No; it is just that the author is not aware of the strategies in play - things are not as they seem.]

If we allow Google and other such players to continue unchecked….

Well, you are as capable as I of completing that sentence. I only pray we are not too late.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning
September 16 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

What do a hooligan, a kamikaze, and a racist have in common? None of them use their brain.



What I mean by “they don’t use their brain” is that they don’t think - or, to be more precise, they don’t think critically.

 Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity

But it’s not only they that don’t. In fact, most people are no different when it comes to this.

Sure, we all have our thoughts, and over the years have formed certain opinions. But how many of those opinions are merely beliefs resulting from social conditioning, and how many of them are based on our own understanding? And, of course, we know a lot of things, but how much of our knowledge comes from personal experience, and how much from parrot-like learning?

You see, from almost the day we were born, we were forced to not think. Take school, for example - an institution that supposedly helps children develop their intellect yet does quite the opposite.

School forces children to stay confined in a classroom for about 8 hours almost every single day for a total of (more or less) 12 years, where they are learning things they don’t enjoy learning, being forced to obey to authority figures, having to unquestionably accept what they’re being taught, not being allowed the freedom to do anything on their own without asking for permission first (even to go to pee).

As Pink Floyd would say, school conditions children to become “another brick in the wall”.





The official 1982 video clip of Pink Floyd’s Another Brick in the Wall.

I know, I’m generalizing here, since not all schools are the same. But the reality is that in most parts of the world school isn’t a place where critical thinking is stimulated - on the contrary, it is suppressed or simply ignored. Naturally, it atrophies and becomes weak, exactly like a muscle does when pressure isn’t exerted upon it.

Observe people around you and you might come to see the consequences of our educational system. They are living unconsciously, not knowing why they think and behave the way they do. They accept and act without second thought on what the media is presenting them as the truth.

They believe in and follow the religious dogmas without having any solid evidence supporting their beliefs. They wholeheartedly support political leaders and obey to the decisions they make without the slight resistance. I could go on forever giving similar examples, but these will suffice for now.

As a result of our social conditioning, corporations exploit our emotional insecurities so they can sell us their products and services, making us compete with our fellow human beings about who has more stuff. So-called journalists are selling us lies by utilizing propaganda tactics through the mainstream media, turning us into mindless puppets.

Priests and religious teachers of all sorts gain power by selling us heaven in the afterlife, dividing us into in-groups and out-groups that fight against one another in the name of god. Politicians gain power by selling us heaven on Earth, also splitting us into opposing groups that fight against each other in the name of ideology. And, again, these, are just a few examples.



Our social conditioning has turned us into mindless, obedient puppets

Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

If we realize these consequences, and are truly willing to change our way of living for the benefit of ourselves and the world, we need to develop the courage to escape the herd mentality and start thinking for ourselves - and the sooner we do, the better.

Of course, that’s easier said than done, since our social conditioning has gone very deep and is affecting us in ways we can’t even recognize. However, with conscious, persistent effort, it’s definitely possible to do so. If you’re interested to know how exactly, here are some basic practical steps you can take right now:


Question Your Beliefs, no Matter How Much You Cherish them

In order to release yourself from the prison of social conditioning, the first and most crucial thing you need to do is question any beliefs that you unconsciously took on from your parents, teachers, and culture. That’s because beliefs can bring all kinds of limitations in life, such us irrational fear and the sense of having to live according to what’s right for someone else but not for you.


No matter how much you might cherish a belief, ask yourself the following questions:

“Where did this belief come from?”

“Is there any logical reason for holding it?"

“Is it limiting myself in any way or is it elevating the quality of my life?”




Take, for example, religious beliefs.


Assuming that you consider yourself religious, and you believe that the dogma of your religion is the only true and right one, and that those who hold different belief systems to yours are evil and doomed to go to hell, ask yourself:

“What is the logical basis for holding these beliefs?”

“Did I reach to them using critical thinking, or did I just accept them as truth merely because I was indoctrinated from my early education?”

“Are they serving my happiness or are they contributing to my suffering?”

These are some very important questions that you need to ask about any beliefs that you might hold in dear faith, whether they’re concerning religion, philosophy, politics, economics, or other field of knowledge.

By doing so, you’ll decondition yourself from negative social programming, which will allow you to grow in understanding, take in emerging information and make wiser choices. In addition, you’ll be able to better understand others’ beliefs without judging them based on a fixed mind-set.



Doubt is the beginning of wisdom

Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Never be afraid to question your beliefs. To doubt what you think you know is a sign of intelligence, and only those who are courageous enough to do so can break free from the shackles of social conditioning and walk on the path of wisdom.


Rebel Against Authority and Accept Responsibility for Your Life

For most of us, it has become a habit to have others tell us what to think and how to behave. We don’t think for ourselves - instead, we let others do it for us and take responsibility for our lives. Not surprisingly, we are intellectually weak and have lost control over our actions.

It seems that we allow others to dictate us how to live because we don’t want to take the burden of responsibility on our shoulders - so we throw it on them. To be responsible for your life can be troublesome, because you have to use your mind a lot, take important decisions and face failure when you make the wrong choices.

To avoid that, most of us choose to let other people - such as politicians and religious leaders - do those things for us, as if they are our saviors.

Then, we blame them entirely for anything that’s going wrong with our lives - it’s only their fault, we claim, without stopping for a second and think that perhaps it’s actually ours.



Are you courageous enough to remove the blindfold of faith?


Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

If you want to escape the matrix of social conditioning and reclaim your freedom, you need to stop letting others control you like a mindless automaton and instead start being responsible for your actions. This might be a difficult thing to do, yet it’s the only way to choose your own path in life.


Seek Truth,Regardless of How Arduous that Might be

If you’ve questioned your beliefs, chances are that you’ve come to the realization that most of them were just imposed on you by society and don’t in fact reflect your personal experiences and understanding.

And although this does wonders to help you develop your critical thinking skills and break down the walls of social conditioning, it doesn’t answer the question of whether those beliefs actually hold any truth or not. To answer that, we need to seek truth by doing research.

Let’s take drug addiction as an example. Our social conditioning has led most of us to believe that drugs are causing addiction.

This is a belief we hold since our early childhood but rarely one of us stops for a second to contemplate why that is so. If we do some basic research on the issue, we’ll come to find out that, although drugs do play a significant role in addiction, there aren’t actually causing it; rather, taking drugs is merely a symptom of addiction.

According to health experts, emotional trauma has been identified as the root cause of addiction, whether that is to pornography, video games, gambling, or drugs. If you weren’t aware of this, and would like to find out more about the nature of addiction, here’s a great Ted talk for you:





‘Everything you think you know about addiction is wrong.’ - Johann Hariss


Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

The problem is that people don’t usually like to think for themselves and do any research. One reason for that is that they find it exhausting and not worth their time. Another reason is that they find it threatening to their worldview.

You see, when people are attached to certain beliefs that aren’t based on critical thinking and scientific understanding, doing research might prove them wrong, and so many choose not to know the truth at all, lest it will shatter their beliefs.

Thus, living in ignorance yet thinking they know, they can’t grow into wiser individuals and are unconsciously spreading untruths.

If you’re a lover of wisdom, you’ll need to actively search for truth, no matter how difficult that might be. You’ll need to think a lot and educate yourself. You’ll need to read books, watch documentaries, listen to talks, take part in discussions, or use other tools that can assist you in your journey to expanding your understanding of reality.

Lastly yet most importantly, you’ll need to be ready to accept the truth when you encounter it, no matter if it contradicts your long-held beliefs.




The journey to truth might at times be rough, but it’s definitely worth taking

By questioning your beliefs, rebelling against the herd and thinking for yourself, you’ll be able to free your mind from the constraints of blind conformity and dogmatic ideology.

This way you’ll be able to better understand yourself and the world you live in, as well as to take responsibility for your life, without being easily fooled, exploited or manipulated by power-hungry individuals who care about nothing but their personal gain.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Putin Calls Out US Folly
September 15 2017 | From: Geopolitics

On one of the rarest of occasions, the Russian president vented his frustration in dealing with the American government, during the last BRICS Summit in Xiamen, China.



“It is difficult to talk to people who confuse Austria and Australia. But there is nothing we can do about this; this is the level of political culture among part of the American establishment. As for the American people, America is truly a great nation if the Americans can put up with so many politically uncivilised people.”

 Related: ‘There Will Be No New Korean War’ | Putin

Speaking at the BRICS summit this week, Russian President Vladimir Putin deplored the “low political culture” of American leaders.


"It is difficult to dialogue with such people,” said Putin, adding: “You can do nothing about it.”

Less diplomatically, what the Russian president was lamenting is this: the incorrigible stupidity of US leaders.

To say that is not merely about making a facetious swipe at American politicians. Far more seriously, it points to how difficult and dangerous international relations are when a major party is so evidently obtuse to reason and facts.

As if to illustrate the point, while Putin was castigating American low political culture, the US ambassador to the United Nations, Nikki Haley, was opening her mouth to release more of her habitually inane remarks.

Haley told the UN Security Council on Monday that North Korea “was begging for war” and she affected a hilariously innocent pose, saying: “War is never something the United States wants.”

What? This is from an envoy whose country has been in a state of permanent war over the past two decades, and which at times has been bombing seven countries simultaneously in flagrant violation of international law.

For the American envoy to make such a patently false rendering of reality is beyond stupid. It is dangerously delusional. This is what Putin was referring to when he said it is difficult to dialogue with such people. It’s like trying to reason with someone who’s psychotic.

American cognitive disconnect with reality stems from various factors. Ignorance, arrogance, deception, propaganda, parochialism. But a shorthand term for the cognitive impairment is “stupidity”.

The trouble too with the Americans is that they seem to think that everyone else is stupid.

On the looming crisis over Korea, the US is pushing China and Russia to impose evermore stringent sanctions on North Korea over its nuclear weapons program. Last weekend the country carried out its sixth and largest underground nuclear test explosion since 2006.

The Americans have set a deadline next Monday for the UNSC to vote for a new round of economic punishments on Pyongyang. Washington wants the drastic sanction of cutting off fuel oil supplies to the country just as the harsh Korean winter approaches. That move is tantamount to an act of war, and yet Washington expects China and Russia to go along with an attack on the vital interests of North Korea.

The stupid arrogance of the Americans is staggering. The US has slapped numerous rounds of sanctions on Russia over dubious claims about interfering in Ukraine and US election meddling. Just last weekend, the Trump administration provocatively seized more Russian diplomatic properties in San Francisco, New York and Washington.

And yet the Americans expect Russia, as well as China whom it is also sanctioning over trade disputes, to go along with its agenda of strangulating North Korea.

As Putin remarked at the BRICS conference:


"It’s ridiculous to put us on the same sanctions list as North Korea and then ask for our help in imposing sanctions on North Korea.”

Economic warfare and ramping up military threats is a road to nowhere, added the Russian leader, warning that to keep pushing on that direction, as the Americans are doing, is risking a global catastrophe.

Many people around the world, including many ordinary American citizens, would agree. They can see the blindingly obvious. That the Korean crisis must be resolved peacefully through diplomacy and dialogue. All that is required is for all parties to sit down and talk to each other as equals without preconditions. China and Russia are indeed proposing such a roadmap for a peaceful settlement.



Related: The World’s Problem is still America

But the American leaders are so inebriated with their own self-righteousness and hubris they refuse to comply with this basic process of diplomacy. A process mandated by international law.

US ambassador Nikki Haley even lambasted the Chinese and Russian proposals as “an insult”.


"When a rogue regime has a nuclear weapon and an ICBM [intercontinental ballistic missile] pointed at you, you do not take steps to lower your guard. No one would do that. We certainly won’t,” said Haley.

Therein lies the kernel of the problem. The Americans call others a rogue regime not worthy of respect when it is they who constitute the biggest rogue regime on Earth, possessing an arsenal of 5,000 nuclear weapons and willing to use them to annihilate other nations, as they themselves have openly stated on numerous occasions.

On the basis of hyper-sanctimony, the Americans declare that they are not willing to talk with North Korea and that the “only options” are either intensifying sanctions or war.

But who are the Americans to order such an ultimatum? An ultimatum that is surely disastrous and with which the rest of the world has to subordinate to.



Related: A List Of 20 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says

The arrogant, ignorant Americans are so besotted with their own hubris that they cannot even conceive of their outrageous hypocrisy. They bomb countries all over the world, point nuclear missiles at every corner of the planet, break countless laws, threaten Armageddon like ordering a hamburger, and yet they claim to be “exhausting diplomacy”.

Obdurate American leaders don’t even know their own history; how they obliterated North Korea during the Korean War (1950-53) killing up to three million civilians. Is it any wonder North Korea has felt compelled to build nuclear weapons as a matter of survival against the genocidal American behemoth?

As Putin said:


"North Koreans would rather eat grass than give up their nuclear weapons program.”

North Korea has wholly legitimate security concerns. It wants to be left in peace and not continually threatened by the genocidal United States, which never signed a peace treaty at the end of the Korean War. Despite American and Western demonization of North Korea, it is not offensive. All its actions are about deterrence and defense.

There is a simple and urgent way back from the precipice. Comprehensive talks on all concerns, with North Korea’s existential concerns in particular given full recognition.

It is not rocket science. It is a matter of treating other nations with respect.

But this is the thing. The American political leaders are so dense, so stupid, they only know how to drive toward conflict and war, and to sell billions of dollars-worth of weapons. They are so stupid they don’t even see how their mentality is putting the whole world in grave peril of final destruction.



Related: Bombshell Conspiracy Theories Confirmed As Former Presidential Candidate Warns President Trump: 'They Are Coming For You' & Brennan, Rice, Power - Lock Them Up

The world is being held hostage by idiots. It’s like being on a bus careering along cliff top roads, and the driver of this bus is a drunken imbecile.

China and Russia must take world leadership in spite of the Americans. Beijing and Moscow have to reject the US unilateral diktat of sanctions and militarism. As Putin said, there is no use trying to reason with such low-level people. They are beyond reason.

Resolute action is the only way to deal with them. No more sanctions, no military aggression, insist on full compliance with international law. America has gotten away with waging wars of aggression with impunity for far too long. China and Russia must make any US military action over North Korea a red line.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

< Service Interrupted >
September 14 2017 | From: WakeUpKiwi

Occasionally one just runs out of time.



Perhaps today, take the opportunity to delve deeper into the various sections of this website that you may not have visited before.

Or another website - and maybe if you can find something that you feel to be of worth sharing with others you may know, give it a nudge.

You can lead a horse to water, but you cannot make it drink.

We will all find the truth in the end.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Spies, Cops, And Corporate ‘Security’ Profiteers Gathered In Washington + Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content
September 13 2017 | From: PrivacySOS / Infowars

On September 11, the 16th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks, thousands of spies, police officers, prosecutors, and surveillance profiteers gathered in Washington D.C. for a spying technology extravaganza known as ISS World Americas.



On its website, the event organizers describe ISS World Americas as 

Related: Digital Electronic “Internet of Things”(IoT) And “Smart Grid Technologies” To Fully Eviscerate Privacy


"The world’s largest gathering of Americas Law Enforcement, Homeland Security, Defense, Public Safety and other members of the Government Intelligence Community as well as Telecom Operators responsible for cyber threat intelligence gathering, DarkNet monitoring, lawful interception and cybercrime investigations.

ISS World Programs present the methodologies and tools for Law Enforcement, Public Safety and Government Intelligence Communities in the fight against drug trafficking, cyber money laundering, human trafficking, terrorism and other criminal activities conducted over today’s Telecommunications networks, the Internet and Social Networks."

In other words, ISS World Americas is where US and Latin American cops and spies go to exchange tips and learn new tricks about how to conduct electronic surveillance. It’s also where corporations go to hawk their wares to an industry worth billions of dollars a year, and growing.

While the conference claims to instruct in “lawful interception” techniques, the conference’s agenda at a glance includes a number of sessions about mass surveillance.


Among them:

“Recognizing Traffic Data and digital profiling”

“Understanding ISS Product Deployments in Telecommunication Networks for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Introduction to Wirelines and IP Infrastructure and Related ISS Products for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Understanding Mobile Wireless Infrastructure, and Related ISS Products for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Understanding the Internet Over-the-Top (OTT) Services and Related ISS Products for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Demystifying the Dark Web through Automated Data Monitoring, Collection, and Intelligence Production”

“Delivering a National Scale Data Intelligence Capability”




The conference also features a number of sessions on law enforcement hacking:

“Defeating Network Encryption: What Law Enforcement and the Intelligence Community Needs [sic] to Understand,” in which agents will learn how to counter the widespread use of encrypted messaging systems like WhatsApp and “defeat network encryption including cellular, Wi-Fi, MITM attacks, IT intrusion and more.”

“IP Address Resolution - Breaking the Anonymity of Network Address Translation”


Other sessions covered topics like undercover online investigations, cell phone surveillance and data exfiltration, cryptocurrencies, the surveillance implications of 4G/5G signaling replacing SS7, and the anonymizing web browser Tor.



Related: If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media — Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

Former Tor executive director Andrew Lewman delivered a talk on Tor, in which he discussed, among other things, what law enforcement can do to “counter TOR 2.0.”

Law enforcement, military, and intelligence officials could attend the conference for $1,295. 



Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content

‘Somebody needs to keep track of what Google is doing.'



Tucker Carlson slammed Google’s apparent censorship of content not politically agreeable to them company.

Related: Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship






“Google seems to be letting politics dictate who is allowed to make money from their platform,” Tucker said on his show Thursday.

Talk show host Dave Rubin claimed YouTube financially censored his videos when the platform “demonetized” them.

“It appears at least that there’s some pretty shady stuff going on,” the host of “The Rubin Report” told Tucker.

Read more






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Rothschild: Our New World Order Will Be A Reality In 2018
September 12 2017 | From: AntiNewsNetwork

Rothschild Publication Predicts Single World Currency Will Be Put In Place As Early As 2018; Hello New World Order.



The Rothschild-controlled Economist magazine published an article 30 years ago that highlighted the proabability of a world currency by the year 2018. Comment: Yeah, right. Whatever - your time is up already old man.

Related: Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

One must also keep in mind that the controlling interest of The Economist is held by the powerful Rothschild family, who regard themselves as the “custodians of The Economist magazine’s legacy.” 

In essence, the magazine operates as a quasi-propaganda arm for the Rothschild banking empire and related businesses and, is in many ways, meant to prime the pump of public opinion for the globalist agenda to be implemented.

The excerpt below appeared in the print magazine on January 9, 1988, in Vol. 306, pp 9-10.


"Ready for the Phoenix

THIRTY years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix.

The phoenix will be favoured by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies, which by then will seem a quaint cause of much disruption to economic life in the last twentieth century.


At the beginning of 1988 this appears an outlandish prediction. Proposals for eventual monetary union proliferated five and ten years ago, but they hardly envisaged the setbacks of 1987. The governments of the big economies tried to move an inch or two towards a more managed system of exchange rates – a logical preliminary, it might seem, to radical monetary reform.

For lack of co-operation in their underlying economic policies they bungled it horribly, and provoked the rise in interest rates that brought on the stock market crash of October. These events have chastened exchange-rate reformers.

The market crash taught them that the pretence of policy co-operation can be worse than nothing, and that until real co-operation is feasible (i.e., until governments surrender some economic sovereignty) further attempts to peg currencies will flounder.
"


The New World Economy

The biggest change in the world economy since the early 1970’s is that flows of money have replaced trade in goods as the force that drives exchange rates. as a result of the relentless integration of the world’s financial markets, differences in national economic policies can disturb interest rates (or expectations of future interest rates) only slightly, yet still call forth huge transfers of financial assets from one country to another.



Related: France: Entire Swiss Branch Of Rothschild’s Banking Empire Under Criminal Investigation Following David De Rothschild Indictment

These transfers swamp the flow of trade revenues in their effect on the demand and supply for different currencies, and hence in their effect on exchange rates. As telecommunications technology continues to advance, these transactions will be cheaper and faster still. With unco-ordinated economic policies, currencies can get only more volatile.

In all these ways national economic boundaries are slowly dissolving. As the trend continues, the appeal of a currency union across at least the main industrial countries will seem irresistible to everybody except foreign-exchange traders and governments.

In the phoenix zone, economic adjustment to shifts in relative prices would happen smoothly and automatically, rather as it does today between different regions within large economies (a brief on pages 74-75 explains how.) The absence of all currency risk would spur trade, investment and employment.



Related: Anonymous Hackers Take 9 Rothschild Central Banks Offline

The phoenix zone would impose tight constraints on national governments. There would be no such thing, for instance, as a national monetary policy. The world phoenix supply would be fixed by a new central bank, descended perhaps from the IMF. The world inflation rate – and hence, within narrow margins, each national inflation rate- would be in its charge.

Each country could use taxes and public spending to offset temporary falls in demand, but it would have to borrow rather than print money to finance its budget deficit. With no recourse to the inflation tax, governments and their creditors would be forced to judge their borrowing and lending plans more carefully than they do today.

This means a big loss of economic sovereignty, but the trends that make the phoenix so appealing are taking that sovereignty away in any case. Even in a world of more-or-less floating exchange rates, individual governments have seen their policy independence checked by an unfriendly outside world.



Related: Putin Bans Rothschilds From Russia + Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks

As the next century approaches, the natural forces that are pushing the world towards economic integration will offer governments a broad choice. They can go with the flow, or they can build barricades. Preparing the way for the phoenix will mean fewer pretended agreements on policy and more real ones.

It will mean allowing and then actively promoting the private-sector use of an international money alongside existing national monies. That would let people vote with their wallets for the eventual move to full currency union. The phoenix would probably start as a cocktail of national currencies, just as the Special Drawing Right is today.

In time, though, its value against national currencies would cease to matter, because people would choose it for its convenience and the stability of its purchasing power.



Related: The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

The alternative – to preserve policymaking autonomy- would involve a new proliferation of truly draconian controls on trade and capital flows. This course offers governments a splendid time.

They could manage exchange-rate movements, deploy monetary and fiscal policy without inhibition, and tackle the resulting bursts of inflation with prices and incomes polices. It is a growth-crippling prospect. Pencil in the phoenix for around 2018, and welcome it when it comes.

Only ten years later, in 1998, The Economist was once again engaging the public in an effort to forward the globalist agenda, with an article entitled “One world, one money.”

Very much in line with the 1988 piece, the publication attempts to explain why a much more centralized and controlled system would be beneficial to the global economy, while wholly ignoring the fact that such a centralized global currency would be a massive coup for the international banking cartel, and the Rothschild banking empire’s financial bottom line.


 


Additionally, it must be noted that the creation of a global currency would give an inordinate amount of geopolitical capital to unelected international bankers, and subsequently take power away from the citizens of each nation and their respective governmental representatives.

Does anyone really want international bankers to have such a vast amount of political power on top of the massive financial influence and sway they already hold in the halls of power?

People want more say in their own lives, not having policy dictated to them by international banksters and bureaucrats.

Control over a nation’s money supply is, for all intents and purposes, the lifeblood of a state’s sovereignty – without this independence, the state only exists in name but is subservient to supranational powers whose interests lie outside of domestic and national political/economic concerns.


"Give me control of a Nations money supply, and I care not who makes it's laws"

 - Mayer Amschel Rothschild, founder of the Rothschild banking dynasty.

Although the Rothschild family now generally keep a very low public profile, they still have significant business operations across a wide spectrum of sectors.

While you may not find any one particular Rothschild on the Forbes’ most rich list, the family is estimated to control $1 trillion dollars in assets across the globe, thus having a strong voice across the geopolitical spectrum that many perceive as a hidden hand manipulating events silently from behind a veil of secrecy and silence.

Are you starting to get the picture?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

‘ISIS Commander’ Arrested By Libyan Authorities Exposed As Israeli Mossad Agent
September 12 2017 | From: FreeThoughtProject

Benghazi, Libya – Lending credence to the theory that ISIS operates as a strategic asset of the Israeli Mossad, Libyan security forces have arrested an ISIS leader in the north-eastern Libyan city of Benghazi – who just so happens to be a Mossad agent.



The man arrested, Ephraim Benjamin, was allegedly an Israeli Mossad agent who began his operation following the 2011 toppling of the Libyan government that resulted in the murder of Libyan President Moammar Ghaddafi, according to the Israeli website Inian Merkazi, which translates to “Central Issues.”

Related: Dirty Open Secret: US Created And Supports ISIS & Iran: We Have Evidence Of US Direct Support To ISIL

The Mossad agent reportedly held a leading position in ISIS after mingling with Libyans during the fall of Ghaddafi. He then became a prominent imam of a large mosque in Benghazi, Libya’s second largest city, before becoming a ISIS leader who commanded a contingent of upwards of 200 terrorists.

Known in Libya as Abu Hafs, the Mossad agent was arrested and accused by Libyan authorities of gathering intelligence information for the Israeli government.

It is believed that Benjamin, aka Hafs, was a Mossad “Arabist,” which are undercover Israeli spies with Arab features, and who speak fluent Arabic in local dialects, according to the Masr Alarabia website.

The Mossad has a long history of utilizing “Arabists” to infiltrate Palestinian protests and arrest demonstrators as well as assassinating Palestinian anti-occupation activists, according to Masr Alarabia.

Libyan media outlets describe Benjamin as the “Mossad sheikh” who was arrested by local authorities.



Related: Media and US Govt Finally Admit - CIA-Armed Militias at War With Pentagon-Armed Ones in Syria

Inian Merkazi cited the incident as evidence used by Arab media to justify the argument - popular in much of the Arab world — that Israel is complicit in the rise of ISIS in the region and uses the group as a strategic asset.

Additionally, the fact that ISIS has never so much as attempted an attack within the state of Israel bolsters that line of thinking.

ISIS is popularly believed to have begun official operations within Libya in February of 2015 by beheading 21 Egyptian Coptic Christians in the city of Sirte, but terror operations were believed to have been committed by the terrorist group prior to that date.

Seemingly confirming an Israel-ISIS connection, a 15-page report by U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon on the work of the U.N. Disengagement Observer Force revealed that the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) maintained regular contact with the Islamic State since May of 2013.

While initial reports by the IDF claimed they provided medical care for civilians on the Israeli-Syrian border, UN observers confirmed direct contact between ISIS and IDF soldiers – which included, but was not limited to, medical care.



Related: Israeli Defense Minister Confirms Israel Backing Of ISIS In Syria


“Throughout the reporting period, UNDOF frequently observed armed members of the opposition interacting with the IDF across the cease-fire line,” according to the report. “On one occasion UNDOF observed the IDF on the Alpha side [inside Israel] handing over two boxes to armed opposition on the Bravo side [inside Syria].”

These activities in concert seem to indicate a coordinated and ongoing support of the Islamic State by Israel. Essentially, the Israelis are utilizing ISIS as a proxy force in an effort to topple the Assad government.

Tellingly, when the U.S. began operations against the Islamic State, the Israeli high command was reluctant to support the move and called the actions of the United States a mistake.

For those not understanding why Israel would support ISIS, it comes down to geopolitical strategy. The Israeli government perceives allies Iran and Syria as direct threats to the Jewish state, as both maintain significant regional military capabilities and political clout.

Israel’s support for ISIS would seem to confirm that they believe in the old adage, “the enemy of my enemy is my friend.”



Related: Erdogan Says He Has "Confirmed Evidence" The US Supports ISIS + US Senator Says ISIS Used As Tool By Saudis, US & Turkey When It Suits Their Interests

In this particular circumstance support for the Islamic State equates to Israel eliminating geopolitical rival Syria – under Bashar al-Assad – which would then negate Iranian influence in the region.

It comes down to the simple fact that ISIS is a useful tool for Israel to impose it’s geopolitical will, without having to directly involve themselves in a hot conflict, thus seeming as if they are uninvolved in the conflict.

Once the Syrian government has been toppled, and Iranian influence on the Israeli border largely negated, Israel could then set its sights on the Islamic State – provided they were no longer of use to the Jewish state.

While states such as Israel and the United States often loudly proclaim to be against terrorism, in reality, both governments utilize terrorist groups, such as ISIS and al-Qaeda, to undermine regimes they wish to overthrow or gain influence within.

Please share this article to expose the complicity of states such as Israel and the United States in fomenting Islamic terrorism!


Related Articles:

Iran Confirms Kremlin Claim ISIS / Daesh Leader Baghdadi Died In Russian Airstrikes & Central European Nations Forming New Anti-Migrant Defense Coalition

The Truth Of ISIS Exposed In Four Minutes

Trump Is Right: Here’s Proof Hillary & Obama Founded ISIS + Obama Admits ‘We’re Training ISIL’

Wikileaks Confirms Hillary Sold Weapons To ISIS + Wikileaks Will Release More Emails On The Clinton Foundation – FBI Has Enough Evidence To Indict

Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Energy Depletion In A Human Being
September 11 2017 | From: JonRappoport

Energy. As in: energy depletion. Without energy, the individual feels trapped. In that state, he seeks to conform, fit in, survive long enough to die of old age.



Body and mind deploy various feedback mechanisms to inform a person about his “available supply of energy,” and when these signals are taken as absolute truth, trouble comes.

Related: What Is Orgone Energy?

“I can sense my energy is dwindling. So I have to…settle for less, or see a doctor, or give up, or accept that I’m getting older, or change my values, or tune up a victim-story, or join a group, or…”

On and on it goes. In this twilight zone, the individual is unwilling to consider solutions that could restore his vitality. He’s already opted for a lower level of life. In particular, he’s unwilling to explore the one aspect of his capability that works like magic: Imagination.

That’s out. No dice. Preposterous. Absurd. After all, imagination is just that spring rain he felt as a child, that unknown space that held all the promise in the world. That was then; this is now. Now is sober reflection. Now is routine. Now is habit. Now is empty.

Once upon a time, he read a science fiction novel and, at the end of it, he felt as if he were standing, triumphant, in deep space at the crossroad of a hundred solar systems. Now he knows there is no such place. Now he is intelligent. And now he has no energy. The light that once flared is gone.



Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water

The idea that his own imagination could lead him to discoveries beyond anything he knows is fool’s gold. Yes, once when he was twenty, he woke up in the middle of the night and walked to his window and looked out over a city and knew he was on the cusp of an endless future…but what can he do about that now? There is no returning.

So his imagination waits. It idles. Yet…if he took a chance, if he began to dream again, if he started up the engine, if he considered offloading the interlocking systems that have become his daily life, what might happen? What layers of dead thought might peel away? What abiding convictions might dissolve? What energies might be restored?

Is there a huge space beyond his common neurological impulses and rigid survival habits, where vision can be played out on a vast scale? Is there a different kind of life he can enter?

Can he take a route around the banners and facades of his former reality after opening the door to his imagination? There is, in fact, a silent channel that winds through the entire time-scale of the human race.



Related: Energy Follows Thought

History does not officially record it, because history is written by winners for losers, and this silent channel has nothing to do with pedestrian notions of victory or defeat.

The route of imagination has no truck with conventional space or time. It invents its own, and eventually introduces them into the world.

How many stories are there about journeying knights who cross the boundary from ordinary events into a realm of magic? The stories are messages…sent to ourselves, to remember. This place, this day, this moment is a platform from which to embark.

Adventure, with no end. Imagination. Energy.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Bilderberg On Steroids - Meet The Secret CIA-Funded Group Behind The ‘War On Terror’
September 10 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

A foreign policy think tank more secretive than Bilderberg has included both instrumental architects of the "War of Terror" and accusations of CIA funding.



Bilderberg has gained a reputation as the world’s most secretive group of billionaires and political leaders who conspire to impact global events - but reports indicate that they don’t hold a candle to another group that includes a host of war criminals responsible for the “War on Terror.”

Related: Le Cercle(formerly Pinay Circle or the Cercle Pinay)

The group is named Le Cercle. In a report dated Sept. 13, 1982, the German publication Der Spiegel describes it as a “legal cartel” made up of “loyal Bundesnachrichtendienst agents, foreign intelligence agents, reactionary politicians and ultra-right journalists” who played a crucial role in the 1980 election.

The existence of the group was revealed by Bavarian constitutional protector Hans Langemann. According to the report, he described the group as:


“In the case of CERCLE, which is clearly defamatory,” as far as my earlier knowledge of the BND “and my present knowledge are concerned, a “loose” “concentration “about two times a year and at various” places of conservative- anti-Communist politician,” “publicists, bankers, and VIPs of other professions,” “which originated in the former French Prime Minister Antoine PINAY, and the circle to which guests are invited continues to this day..”

Former U.S. Defense Secretary and President of the World Bank Paul Wolfowitz, former Iraqi Coalition Provisional Authority Leader Paul Bremer, former Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and former Chairman of the Defense Department’s Defense Policy Board Richard Perle - some of the most notable neoconservative architects of the Iraq War - are all reportedly members.



Related: The Bilderberg Group: An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility

Other reported American members of Le Cercle include former U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, former Directors of Central Intelligence Bill Casey and William Colby, and former President Richard Nixon after he left the White House.

In a report from The Independent dated June 28, 1997, the “exclusive think-tank said to be funded by the CIA” is mentioned because its chairman at the time, former Member of Parliament Jonathan Aitken, was reportedly going to be removed over a libel trial that ultimately sent him to prison for perjury.

Accusations that Le Cercle receives funding from the CIA have been made by Robin Ramsay, editor of Lobster Magazine; and by John E Lewis, author of “The Mammoth Book of Cover-Ups.”

As the report noted, “the group’s existence is only occasionally disclosed” following its creation in the 1950s:


“Cercle was intended to cement Franco-German relations, as a buffer to Soviet aggression during the Cold War. Down the years, however, it has become much more, advocating right-wing causes round the world and growing into a confidential talking shop for about 70 politicians, businessmen, polemicists and personnel from the diplomatic and security services.

Members are invited to attend its meetings; they cannot ask to be admitted, and as a condition of attending they agree to keep all sessions secret. It meets twice a year, once in Washington DC in the autumn and once in the early part of the year in an ‘overseas’ venue.”



Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

The Independent described senior member Brian Crozier as an “author and well-known Cold-Warrior with close ties to MI6 and the CIA” who wrote a “planning paper” for Le Cercle in 1979.


In addition to securing changes of government in Germany and the United Kingdom (where Margaret Thatcher became Prime Minister in 1979), the agenda included objectives such as:

“Undercover financial transactions for political aims”

“International campaigns aiming to discredit hostile personalities or events”

“Creation of a (private) intelligence service specializing in a selective point of view”

“Establishment of offices under suitable cover each run by a coordinator from the central office. Current plans cover London, Washington, Paris, Munich and Madrid”


In a report on the history of Le Cercle, British news source True Publica noted that the 1982 Langemann Papers were “the first significant leak to expose the activities of Le Cercle, confirming that the group was actively involved in influencing Western European elections.



Related: The True Story Of The Bilderberg Group


“Its purpose is to subvert the democratic principles and processes of individual countries and are by nature ideologically ‘hawkish’ – distributing propaganda, stoking fear of communist plots from Russia, vote rigging and hacking the accounts of politicians and prominent global figures.

Promoting the ‘war on terror’ has been a major factor in their activities of recent years and in so doing broker weapons deals and setting up false flag operations the world over to suit its own agenda.”

While the majority of the information surrounding Le Cercle is covert and secretive - especially regarding its activity in recent years - one of the most important things to remember about the think tank is that its presence is well-documented, its members include influential U.S. politicians, there have been accusations of funding by the CIA, and yet mainstream media in the United States has ignored its existence and influence for decades.


Related Articles:

Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

Secret War On Cash: “Discussions At Bilderberg Centered Around Capital Controls, Abolition of Cash”


Protesters Slam Bilderberg Big Boss Elitist Summit For Lack Of Transparency



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Trap Of Romantic Love
September 10 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

The Search for Romantic Love: Most people - especially those brought up in the West - have been conditioned to believe that so-called romantic love is the most important pursuit in life and that only the ones who’ve found it are fulfilled.



From the tender age of one or two, we are told of fairy tales that end with two people of the opposite sex living “happily ever after”. As we age, novels, magazines, pop songs, television, Hollywood scripts, and self-help workshops reinforce the idea that romantic love is the ideal form of love.

Related: Discernment in Relationships

We are led to believe that our happiness heavily depends on romantic love, and that our personal worth is reflected in how good we are with our romantic relationships. Not surprisingly, when we’re single or we don’t experience love as it’s usually portrayed, we wonder if there’s something wrong with us.

We think that we’re missing out on true love and are anxiously praying for that moment when the fair maiden or prince will save us from our desperate situation.

As we are, we feel emotionally empty - something is lacking within our psyche that needs to be filled, yet we can’t do that on our own. Only another person can do it, and unless we are lucky enough to connect with him or her, we won’t ever discover pure joy and lasting contentment.

The belief that we’re not complete as we are and that we need someone else to fill in our sense of existential emptiness isn’t a modern one. In fact, it’s ancient.

In Plato’s ~2,500 year-old philosophical text Symposium, the comic playwright Aristophanes describes the origins of humanity. As he points out, the original form of man was a four-legged, four-armed, double-sexed entity.

Zeus, however, was afraid that humans might steal the power of the gods, so he decided to take away their power by having them sliced in half. According to Aristophanes, their heads turned “towards the wound, so that each person would see that he’d been cut and keep better order.”

This, he explains, is why each human being is craving for a significant other to complete them. In his own words: “Now, since their natural form had been cut in two, each one longed for its own other half, and so they would throw their arms about each other, weaving themselves together, wanting to grow together.”



If taken literally, Aristophanes’ recount is total nonsense, yet metaphorically it shows the central role that romantic love plays in our lives: We are in an endless search for that “special someone” - the soulmate - the universe created just for us, and we are willing to give up anything to “lose ourselves” in his or her embrace.


Romantic Love as Addiction

The moment we fall in love, the world turns into a magical place. Suddenly, life becomes more beautiful, adventurous, meaningful… in short, life becomes worth-living again.

The only problem is that, having experienced the emotional high of romantic love, we want more of it, yet no matter how much of it we get, our thirst for it is never quenched.

In other words, romantic love is addictive. In fact, research has shown that falling in love can have a similar impact on the brain as cocaine. To study the brain function of people engaged in romantic love relationships, biological anthropologist Helen Fisher put a group of participants through MRI brain scans.

Interestingly, what she found was that they behaved just like addicts: They had obsessive thoughts, participated in risk-taking activities and found it hard to deal with withdrawals.

The brain of people in love secretes an ample amount of hormones like dopamine, norepinephrine and serotonin — hormones that boost their pleasure and confidence levels. Feeling the exhilarating psychological effects of this hormonal boost, everything seems perfect to the romantic love addict.

The promises of fairy tales have come true. At last, life is as it’s supposed to be. Yet, once the initial high fades, everything changes. Life becomes mundane, ordinary, boring once again.

This return to “normal” reality is usually enough to bring a relationship to an end. Once that happens, the romantic love addict will soon come face-to-face with that sense of inner emptiness which has forever been torturing his/her psyche. Then, to deal with his/her withdrawal symptoms, the romantic love addict will go off in search of a new hit, and the story will repeat itself one more time.


Romantic Love: A Dangerous Self-Delusion

As you can understand, romantic love is temporary - it comes quickly and goes away just as fast. No matter how strong the feelings of lust and passion in new relationships might be, they are soon bound to disappear into thin air, as the power of romantic love loses grip over our emotional world.

But while we’re possessed by romantic love, it’s so overwhelming that it distorts our perception and often leads us into making choices that we will later regret.

For example, projecting their long-yearned fantasies upon their “other half”, it’s a common phenomenon for people in fresh romantic love relationships to exaggerate the positive traits of their partner and reduce or deny the negative ones.

This illusion makes them believe they’ve found their one and only perfect match. Feeling a sense of total acceptance and adoration for their partner, they are under the impression that their love is going to last forever. As a result, they tend to make quick, immature choices, such as hurrying to marry, only to find years later that they resent their partner for failing to meet their expectations.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

Romantic love is a blind self-delusion - it only exists in the realm of fantasy, an imaginary world that we’ve cultivated with the help of the romantic tradition, mainly through media programming. Just like pornography fools us into believing that perfect sex exists, the romantic tradition fools us into believing that perfect relationships exist.

Yet, romantic love isn’t just delusional - it can also be dangerous once we’ve fallen into its trap. Not just because of the wrong choices it can urge us to make, as mentioned earlier, but first and foremost because it creates an ideal out of love that nobody can possibly reach (because it doesn’t exist in the first place - in fact, that’s the very reason why it’s called ideal).

Hence, no matter how nice, compatible people we date, the yearning for the perfect romantic relationship with the fairy tale Dream Lover will always lead us to disappointment. Obsessed with a fantasy world, we can’t enjoy reality.



Escaping the Trap of Romantic Love

To escape the trap of romantic love is quite difficult, considering that we have a billion-dollar industry that is day in and day out promoting a misrepresentation of actual love relationships, in effect making a profit from the exploitation of our deep-rooted emotional need to love and be loved.

You see, capitalism doesn’t give a damn about love. In fact, the less we love one another, the better it is for capitalism. From the market’s standpoint, it’s good that we’re unhappy with our relationships, because then happiness can be sold to us through products and services that promise to substitute for the loss of connection that we long for.

Unfortunately, we’re so desperate that we’ve bought into those promises. This is reflected in our efforts to show our partners love through the act of buying stuff. Take, for example, Valentine’s day, when couples have been persuaded to blindly consume things, thinking that this will elevate their relationship.

But how can an expensive ring substitute for a tight, filled-with-loving-warmth hug? And how can a ready-made meal in a high-class gourmet restaurant substitute for a sincere, intimate look into the beloved’s eye?

What we need isn’t more stuff, just like we don’t need more romantic movies. Neither, of course, do we need the Ideal Lover from the dreamworld. All of these offer us nothing of what we need, and only mess up with our hearts.

What we actually need is more understanding.


We need to understand that there’s no person out there who will complete us.

If we feel a sense of emptiness within, we’re going to keep on experiencing it no matter how many romantic love partners we spend our time with. That’s because our inner emptiness is nothing but a lack of self-love. 

Therefore, unless we’re able to love and accept ourselves, we’ll always feel incomplete, regardless of how much love is shown to us.


We need to understand that we can’t love another unless we first love ourselves.

Healthy love relationships can only exist between two already complete, fulfilled people who decide to enrich their lives by sharing their overflowing-with-love hearts.

Unfortunately, most of us are emotional beggars seeking for completion in another person, only to find that our emptiness is actually deepening once we wake up to the fact that our partner is just as empty as we are.




We need to understand that love relationships are based on freedom.

Normally, partners are trying to fit each other into their fantasy image of how the Ideal Lover should look and behave like, not realizing that by doing so they’re depriving them of their freedom to be themselves.

This inevitably results in a constant state of conflict that ultimately turns relationships into prisons of emotional torture.

Just like birds need freedom of space so that they can soar into the skies, partners in an intimate relationship need the freedom to be themselves so they can spread their wings of love and fly to the peaks of consciousness.


We need to understand that healthy relationships require a lot of work.

There’s no great relationship without a lot of work behind it. In other words, great relationships don’t happen to be - they are slowly built with care and effort.

No matter how special a relationship might be, hardships to one degree or another are going to be a natural of part it, and the important question is how you deal with them: Is it through discussion and understanding or through fighting and judging?

Lastly, we need to understand that the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist.

Contrary to what the romantic tradition has made us believe, the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist other than in our imagination.


No actual living person is without flaws, we need to stop projecting our fairy tale fantasies on our partners, if we actually want to build genuine love relationships on the foundation of honesty, understanding and acceptance.

In addition, love relationships aren’t all passionate sex and romantic walks on sandy beaches under the filled-with-stars night sky. They’re not forever-lasting, either. In fact, they’re usually quite ephemeral. So let’s not make promises of perfect and eternal love.

Let’s be honest to one another, and keep our love real. I know, this is not the stuff movies and books are made of, but the reality nonetheless, and we better accept it before we’re slapped by it hard in the face.

Love relationships can’t be perfect, but they can still be amazingly beautiful. So let’s make the most of them, by celebrating what we do have, instead of worrying about what we don’t.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Climate Study Throws Wrench In Global Warming Debate: "Our New Technical Paper... Will Likely Be Ignored"
September 9 2017 | From: ZeroHedge / Various

It’s not surprising that so many people believe the idea that global warming is being caused almost entirely by human activity, given the fact that most scientists seem to believe the same thing.



But scientists should probably ask themselves why there is still such a large cohort of “deniers” as they like to call them, who are adamant that anthropogenic climate change is a scam.

Related: Hurricanes Irma and Harvey: Ritualistic Astrology Used in Geoengineered False Flags?

The reason why is that the scientific community has been caught many times tampering with climate data and making outlandish claims.

The celebrities and politicians who promote this cause have also been caught on many occasions, living in palatial mansions, flying across the world in private jets, and generally just living lives of excess that produce so much more carbon that the average person.

Given these facts, how could anyone take the global warming arguments seriously?



Related: Hurricane Irma Weaponized: HAARP Weather Warfare – Methodology Exposed

What also doesn’t help their cause, is when reputable scientists question climate change dogma. Recently, two Australian scientists published a paper that explains why the shifts in global temperature that we see today, are likely entirely natural.


“Jennifer Marohasy, a scientist with a rather long list of impressive credentials, which includes the founding of The Climate Modeling Laboratory, opens her startling climate report with a dose of reality.

“Our new technical paper … will likely be ignored,” she writes at The Spectator Australia.

She goes on to explain why, “Because after applying the latest big data technique to six 2,000 year-long proxy-temperature series we cannot confirm that recent warming is anything but natural – what might have occurred anyway, even if there was no industrial revolution.”

At the crux of their argument, is the fact that global temperatures were actually warmer during the middle ages, which used to be considered common knowledge for years, and is often denied by many climate change proponents today.



Related: Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change

These researchers confirmed that the world was indeed warmer before the industrial revolution. And that of course suggests that human activity doesn’t have nearly as much of an impact on the climate as most environmentalists claim.


“Typical of most such temperature series, it zigzags up and down while showing two rising trends: the first peaks about 1200 AD and corresponds with a period known as the Medieval Warm Period (MWP), while the second peaks in 1980 and then shows decline...

There are, however, multiple lines of evidence indicating it was about a degree warmer across Europe during the MWP – corresponding with the 1200 AD rise in our Northern Hemisphere composite. In fact, there are oodles of published technical papers based on proxy records that provide a relatively warm temperature profile for this period.”

Bottom line, don’t ever let anyone tell you that the climate change debate is over, and that the science on the matter is settled.

Don’t let them fool you into thinking that there’s a strict consensus among scientists regarding global warming (and even if there was a 100% consensus, just because a lot of people believe something doesn’t mean it’s true).



Related: “Weather Wars” Theorists Claim Hurricane Harvey Was Engineered, “Steered” Toward Houston As A “Weather Terrorism” Weapon + Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?

The people promoting the theory of man-made global warming have been caught lying too many times for us to blindly follow them.


US Patent US20030085296 A1 - Hurricane and Tornado Control Device



People would not be making patent applications for these technologies if they were not creating them


Related Articles:

WeatherWar101 posts new analysis video of Hurricane Harvey, appearing to show artificial augmentation of the storm’s intensity and movements

Hurricane Irma Manipulation: Objectives And Agendas

Was Hurricane Harvey Artificially Intensified by Geoengineering Programs?

Monster belches: Sun produces most powerful solar flare in over decade

"I Am At a Complete Loss," Says Meteorologist of Irma As Storm Barrels Toward Florida

Hurricane Irma So Strong It’s Registering on Seismic Instruments

Irma's destruction: island by island

Review of Al Gore’s ‘An Inconvenient Sequel - Truth to Power’

Global Ocean Cooling Continues

US Air Force Admits They Can Control Weather

NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out
September 9 2017 | From: TheSleuthJournal / VicturusLibertas / Various

Black magic is the force that rules the world, so it is the Satanic black magicians which constitute the true controllers of the world – at least in the human earthly realm.



Black magic harnessed through Satanic ritual is the dark force behind it the NWO conspiracy

The Satanic black magicians pull the strings, not politicians, corporate bosses, military heads, intelligence chiefs or even international bankers – although they also hold many of those roles.

Related: Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist? You Could Be And Not Even Know It + Ask An Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual

The NWO (New World Order) elite fulfill a hidden role and an outer, more respectable public role. While many Satanic black magicians are also businessmen and bankers, their true ruling power comes from Satanism and the twisted use of humanity’s creative power (black magic), which they then use in their secular roles in society.


Skull & Bones Ritual Footage






Symbols Rule the World

Remember the saying of the Chinese sage Lao-Tzu, who said that “symbols rule the world, not rules or laws”? Symbols communicate at a deeper level than words, because they are decoded by the right, intuitive brain, whereas words are decoded by the left, logical brain.

Symbols are able to penetrate more deeply into our subconscious, which is why the elite are so obsessed with their occult corporate and governmental logos of red crosses, rising suns, all-seeing eyes, pyramids, 666, the rings of Saturn and inverted pentagrams (check out the work of Freeman who has done a great job exposing this). Words attempt to rule the world, but they can never be as powerful as symbols.



Related: Going Viral: Bizarre ‘satanic cult’ accusations levelled at restaurant chain

Likewise, black magic rules the world. Governments and corporations attempt to rule the world, but they can never be as powerful as black magic.

Before looking at the evidence of elite use of black magic, it is worthwhile remembering a defining aspect of Satanism: the inversion of everything. Black is white, bad is good, wrong is right. This is why the inverted pentagram is such a popular Satanic symbol.

George Orwell touched on this in 1984 when he wrote of the ruling class’ propaganda: “War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength.”



Even mind control, developed by the Nazis first in Germany and later at the CIA, uses Satanic principles to confuse its victims, by telling them that pain is pleasure and pleasure is pain, and eventually breaking down victims so they can no longer distinguish between the two.


Bohemian Grove, Skull ‘n’ Bones and Other Secret Societies

There are some secret societies which are mostly political and economic in nature, such as groups like the Trilateral Commission or the CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), who go around convincing the world about the great benefits of globalization (the elite buzzword for centralization of power), global governance and free trade agreements like the TPP.



Elite figures talking at Bohemian Grove, before the black magic rituals. Note Nixon on the right, and Reagan on the left – at a time when he was not yet president

Related: 21 Goals Of The Illuminati And The Committee Of 300 & The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now

There are others, however, whose purpose is shrouded in more mystery, but seem to involve black magic and Satanic ritual, such as the worshipping of dark gods/entities, the acting out of sexual orgies/fetishes and sacrifice, whether mock or real.

The Bohemian Club, located in San Francisco, is one such group. Every summer in the USA, many key figures of the US elite gather in the tall redwoods of northern California at Bohemian Grove.

People such as Henry Kissinger, Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan, George Bush and other US presidents have attended. Alex Jones successfully infiltrated the Grove once, and was able to videotape one of the rituals that took place there, known as Cremation of Care, which involved hooded figures performing a mock sacrifice black magic ritual beneath a 40 foot owl.



Related: Mock Human Sacrifice Ritual Caught On Video At CERN

On the other coast of America, at Yale University in Connecticut, lies an old secret society founded in 1832 by William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft, known as the Skull ‘n’ Bones society, and its members as “bonesmen”.

The late professor Anthony Sutton did some great research on Skull ‘n’ Bones. Members have admitted having to undergo strange initiation rituals such as making sexual confessions in a tomb, while outsiders have heard chilling howls and screams emanating from the windowless Skull ‘n’ Bones crypt.

If you think these secret societies are just perverted people messing around, ask yourself: why would the elite, many of whom are obsessed with power, be involved with them? Why would they engage in such black magic rituals unless they were getting something in return – like more power?

These guys control the printing presses of the world, and some have more money than they could possibly spend. It’s power they want, not money. Money is just a means to an end. 



Related: The Occult Meaning of Washington D.C. & Why Secret Societies Are Obsessed with Ancient Gods & Goddesses

Is it just a coincidence that in the 2004 US presidential election, where George Bush Jr. and John Kerry were running against each other, that both were bonesmen, with a membership total of around 300 in a country of 300+ million people?

Did MSM news anchor Tim Russert get bumped off for asking too many questions to Bush and Kerry about the secret society?



Kubrick, Eyes Wide Shut and Secret Elite Rituals of Sex and Sacrifice

The ordinary person will never be initiated into a Satanic secret society, nor get close enough to witness what really goes on in there. It is therefore interesting when someone who does get close to that world decides to spill the beans and show the world what’s going on.

Such a person was Stanley Kubrick, the late great film-maker who many suspect (with strong evidence) was part of the US Government’s fake Apollo moon landing in 1969.



Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Kubrick may have cut a deal with the devil in making a fake moon landing for the elite, because when he handed over the tape for his last film Eyes Wide Shut, he was found dead 4 days later of a heart attack, despite the fact those close to him said he was in fine health and had no history of heart trouble.

Kubrick depicts a black magic scene where women circle a leader, then drop their clothes to become naked, and are later involved in a massive orgy, where all the participants where masks to hide their true identities.

Kubrick hints in the film that this Satanic-sexual black magic ritual also involves sacrifice and murder, by implying that one of the women/prostitutes was killed during or at the end of the ritual.



At the Heart of Black Magic: Demonic Possession

Black magic at its core is really about demonic possession. Since the world is made of energy, not matter, and since energy moves in waves which have frequencies, the Satanic rituals are designed to entrain the energetic bio-frequencies of the participants with that of other dark entities, so that there is a vibrational match.



Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

Once there is a frequency resonance or lock, an exchange can then take place: energy, intent or information can go from one being, place or dimension can be transferred into another. This works both ways: the person gets possessed and receives information from certain dark entities, while the dark entities also take something from the person.

This theme of possession crops up again and again when exposing the worldwide conspiracy, and has been going on a long time, e.g. Hitler was reported to be demonically possessed by his aide Hermann Rauschning.



The Horrific Phenomenon of Missing Children



Artist David Dees’ impression of what goes on at Satanic black magic rituals like the Bohemian Grove. Sad to say, it’s probably very accurate. Note elite figures (from left) Blair, Bush, Obama, Greenspan, Gates, Brown, Clinton, Rockefeller & Turner

Related: Banker: I Was Told To Sacrifice Children At An Illuminati Party

It is also black magic that is behind the unspeakable and unconscionable phenomenon of missing children. These children are being deliberately kidnapped and taken down into elite controlled underground facilities where they are mind controlled, turned into slaves and where some of them are even sacrificed at Satanic rituals.

If that is too difficult to believe, listen to the testimonies of various mind control victims, researchers, Illuminati defectors, such as Cathy O’Brien, “Mary Anne“, “Svali“, Alex Collier and many others.



Conclusion: Focus on the Deepest Aspects of the Conspiracy

Although it’s important to focus on and expose all aspects of dysfunction in our society – including political corruption, mainstream media consolidation and deception, smart meters, GMOs, toxic vaccines, geoengineering, the militarization of police, fake terrorism, false flag ops, UN Agenda 21, transhumanism and the human microchipping agenda – in order to transform and heal them, it’s crucial to realize that, at a fundamental level, they are all connected.

All these issues and more are manifestations of a more primordial evil or unconsciousness in our midst – Satanic black magic. The secretive rituals conducted at Bohemian Grove and elite mansions tell us more about who rules the world than political think tanks or banking cartels, although of course there is an overlap.



Related: How The Term “Satan” Originated And How Satanism Controls Entities & The Djinn (Jinn) And Their Connection To The Shadow People

If humanity is to rise up and overcome the conspiracy, we must focus our attention on the root of evil (not the branches), and use “white magic” in greater force – the harnessing and funneling of our creative powers to make a world of peace, freedom and love.

We must continue to expose the deepest aspects of the conspiracy.

At the same time, we have to ensure we are not letting the elite siphon off our precious thoughts, emotions and powers to create their nightmarish world, but rather, using those energies within us to create the world we want with positive intention, focus and conscious manifestation.


Related Articles:

"Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings

The A - Z of Illumiinati Symbolism

The Language of Symbolism: How to Recognize These 3 Symbols Hidden in Plain Sight

Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes



Another Illiminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

Cheryl Hersha is a Pedogate/ Illuminati/ Satantic Ritual Abuse Survivor. A book has been written about only a portion of her life. Cheryl Hersha was born into an Illuminati Bloodline Family in 1961. Her parents hailed from 2 of the 13 different bloodlines, but her Father's Bloodline Family, Die Familie [pronounced Dee Fah-meal-ee-uh] who had immigrated from Germany to America, was the Family that controlled her young life.



Cheryl was subjected to Satanic Ritual Abuse by her paternal grandparents and father from birth; the Illuminati's trauma-based mind control programming began, as is standard in all Illum. Families, at the age of 2yrs. Her mother was non-compliant, and underwent the same mind control techniques, as did her two siblings.

Related: Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

Cheryl and her older sister, Lynn, were also placed in the MKUltra/Monarch Program in 1965, as her paternal step-grandfather was OSS as it morphed into the CIA, was her father's "Handler", and had him sign the two girls up for the program.

Details of some of their harrowing ordeals under MKUltra were documented in the book, Secret Weapons: Two Sisters' Terrifying True Story of Sex, Spies and Sabotage, by Cheryl and Lynn Hersha, with Dale Griffis, PhD and Ted Schwarz. New Horizon Press. 2001. [Bios of Dale and Ted, btw, are on the inside flap of the book jacket inside the back cover...and the book is available through amazon via Kindle, or used copies] Her book can be ordered here.

True to known programming breakdown, the siblings began remembering a sinister and evil upbringing in 1996, as memories and alters holding memories began to surface. The more they talked to each other, the more they remembered.




Related: Ariana Grande And The Illuminati Beta Kittens Of Pop Culture & Weird Ways Of The Elite Documentary

Cheryl is now fully integrated and healed from the psychological, emotional and spiritual, wounds from the first traumatic 18 yrs of her life. However, the physical damage has left her permanently disabled and 5 years past her prognosis with a rare neurological disorder.

Cheryl is a born-again Christian, was married for 28 years, is a mother of four adult children, and is now a forcibly retired (disabled) RN, who lives in the Southwest with her beloved dog. Cheryl was active in the survivor communities of both MK Ultra and Satanic Ritual Abuse, until her health plummeted; she has written under her pen name: C.A. Beck for decades.

Cheryl has been compelled to speak out once again "for the innocents who cannot speak", since Wikileaks broke the Pedogate story; the same life she lived in the 1960s and 70s, when trafficked by both her Family and the CIA.

Due to security sensitive careers some of her children have, she regrets she cannot show her face for interviews, as requested by their employers.



Part 1: Illuminati Whistleblower Lived Real Life Pedogate






Part 2: Illuminati Whistleblower Tells Us Inside Political Secrets






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think
September 8 2017 | From: Independent

On television, we found more than 1,100 titles received Pentagon backing – 900 of them since 2005, from 'Flight 93' to 'Ice Road Truckers' and 'Army Wives.'



Federal agencies in the US have sponsored thousands of hours’ worth of entertainment time, including individual episodes of ‘24’

Related: Document Surfaces Showing CIA’s Plans To Infiltrate Academia & Change University/College Curriculums

The US government and Hollywood have always been close. Washington DC has long been a source of intriguing plots for filmmakers and LA has been a generous provider of glamour and glitz to the political class.

But just how dependant are these two centres of American influence? Scrutiny of previously hidden documents reveals that the answer is: very. We can now show that the relationship between US national security and Hollywood is much deeper and more political than anyone has ever acknowledged.

It is a matter of public record that the Pentagon has had an entertainment liaison office since 1948. The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) established a similar position in 1996.

Although it was known that they sometimes request script changes in exchange for advice, permission to use locations, and equipment such as aircraft carriers, each appeared to have passive, and largely apolitical roles.

Files we obtained, mainly through the US Freedom of Information Act, show that between 1911 and 2017, more than 800 feature films received support from the US Government’s Department of Defence (DoD), a significantly higher figure than previous estimates indicate. These included blockbuster franchises such as TransformersIron Man, and The Terminator.



Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

On television, we found over 1,100 titles received Pentagon backing – 900 of them since 2005, from Flight 93 to Ice Road Truckers to Army Wives.

When we include individual episodes for long running shows like 24Homeland, and NCIS, as well as the influence of other major organisations like the FBI and White House, we can establish unequivocally for the first time that the national security state has supported thousands of hours of entertainment.

For its part, the CIA has assisted in 60 film and television shows since its formation in 1947. This is a much lower figure than the DoD’s but its role has nonetheless been significant.

The CIA put considerable effort into dissuading representations of its very existence throughout the 1940s and 1950s. This meant it was entirely absent from cinematic and televisual culture until a fleeting image of a partially obscured plaque in Alfred Hitchcock’s North By Northwest in 1959, as historian Simon Willmetts revealed last year.

The CIA soon endured an erosion of public support, while Hollywood cast the agency as villain in paranoid pictures like Three Days of the Condor and The Parallax View in the 1970s and into the 1980s.





When the CIA established an entertainment liaison office in 1996, it made up for lost time, most emphatically on the Al Pacino film The Recruit and the Osama bin Laden assassination movie Zero Dark Thirty.

Leaked private memos published by our colleague Tricia Jenkins in 2016, and other memos published in 2013 by the mainstream media, indicate that each of these productions was heavily influenced by government officials. Both heightened or inflated real-world threats and dampened down government malfeasance.

One of the most surprising alterations, though, we found in an unpublished interview regarding the comedy Meet the Parents. The CIA admitted it had asked that Robert De Niro’s character not possess an intimidating array of agency torture manuals.

Nor should we see the clandestine services as simply passive, naive or ineffectual during the counterculture years or its aftermath. They were still able to derail a Marlon Brando picture about the Iran-Contra scandal (in which the US illegally sold arms to Iran) by establishing a front company run by Colonel Oliver North to outbid Brando for the rights, journalist Nicholas Shou recently claimed.


The (CIA) Director’s Cut

The national security state has a profound, sometimes petty, impact on what Hollywood conveys politically. On Hulk, the DoD requested “pretty radical” script alterations, according to script notes we obtained through Freedom of Information.



Related: 238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children

These included disassociating the military from the gruesome laboratories that created “a monster” and changing the codename of the operation to capture the Hulk from “ranch hand” to “angry man”. Ranch Hand had been the name of a real chemical warfare programme during the Vietnam war.

In making the alien movie Contact, the Pentagon “negotiated civilianisation of almost all military parts”, according to the database we acquired. It removed a scene in the original script where the military worries that an alien civilisation will destroy Earth with a “doomsday machine”, a view dismissed by Jodie Foster’s character as “paranoia right out of the Cold War”.





The role of the national security state in shaping screen entertainment has been underestimated and its examination long concentrated in remarkably few hands. The trickle of recent books has pushed back but only fractionally and tentatively.

An earlier breakthrough occurred at the turn of the century, when historians identified successful attempts in the 1950s by a senior individual at the Paramount film studio to promote narratives favourable to a CIA contact known only as “Owen”.

The new FOI documents give a much better sense of the sheer scale of state activities in the entertainment industry, which we present alongside dozens of fresh cases studies. But we still do not know the specific impact of the government on a substantial portion of films and shows.

The American Navy’s Marine Corps alone admitted to us that there are 90 boxes of relevant material in its archive. The government has seemed especially careful to avoid writing down details of actual changes made to scripts in the 21st century.



Related: Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

State officials have described Washington DC and Hollywood as being “sprung from the same DNA” and the capital as being “Hollywood for ugly people”.

That ugly DNA has embedded far and wide. It seems the two cities on opposite sides of the United States are closer than we ever thought.


Related Articles:

Jay Dyer Exposes The Dark Secrets Of Hollywood

Cultural Imperialism And Perception Management: How Hollywood Hides 'US Government' War Crimes



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life
September 8 2017 | From: JulietTang

Are You Faking It? Have you ever forced yourself to be positive when you really wanted to punch a pillow or tell the world to screw off instead?



Maybe you are desperately trying to live by the mantra of “positivity thinking kills negativity,” or don’t want to appear like an ungrateful jerk when you receive the 3rd wedding invitation in the mail after your last messy breakup.

Related: 50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Perhaps you obsess over teachings from Law of Attraction gurus about cultivating positive thoughts so you can attract positive things, or feel ashamed to show your true feelings because every person on your social media is smiling like Christmas came early for them and makes you question your own sanity.

I have committed almost every single one of the “forced positivity” listed above in the past, and much more.

Don’t get me wrong, positive thinking is a beautiful thing, and it is essential for all of us to take care of our vibration for multiple reasons. However, being fixated on the idea “I must think positive regardless of how I am truly feeling” may just make you more miserable. 

Why? And how to turn it around?


1. It Creates Bypassing

I cannot tell you how much spiritual bypassing forced positivity has created in many which often results in increased anxiety and self-blame leading to inevitable self-doubt of, “What is wrong with me and shouldn’t I be more grateful?”



In case you are not familiar with spiritual bypassing, it is when we skip the necessary self-work in order to chase after the end result of that work which usually is genuine joy, inner-peace, bliss, etc. 

The goodness which we all desire in life is more of a result of having performed a deep emotional house cleaning to free ourselves from baggage. So when you are constantly avoiding the unwanted emotions stemming from past wounds and current experiences, you are actually skipping the work you need in order to get to that good feeling place! 

Worse, that energy you try so hard to bypass is not going anywhere when you sweep it under the rug and will come back again and again to bite you in the butt until it is processed. 

This is one of the reasons why those who rely solely on affirmations or meditation as means of escape without having confronted their inner demons find it difficult to achieve the same results after a while, and the reason is because they are not meant to be used as spiritual band-aids. 


Solution: Let it Out

Emotion is Energy in Motion. As Einstein stated long ago, “Energy cannot be created or destroyed, it can only be changed from one form to another.”

That means, when you experience the energy of anger, fear or anything you deem unpleasant, if your first reaction is to engage the often-times unconscious defense mechanisms (dissociation, projection, denial, repression, etc) in order not to feel, that energy which has a specific frequency gets stored in the body and does not have any opportunity to be released, processed or integrated.

The more you avoid facing negative emotions, the more that energy gets trapped in your system which creates all kinds of havoc. When this is done chronically, it creates energy blockages in your energy centers which manifest as mental, emotional and physical ailments.

A burning question you may have as you are reading this is, “Doesn’t the act of dwelling in negativity damage my health?”

The answer is an absolute yes. So here is the difference: when you are constantly throwing pity parties, you are coming from an unconscious victim mentality and perpetuating the victimhood cycle.

If you, however, choose to set a time aside in a safe setting with the intention of honoring how you are feeling and being present with your emotions, you have stepped into the shoes of a conscious creator. These two vibrations are drastically different!!

Don’t be surprised to experience a pleasant shift in your energy when you truly embrace your emotions, and that is when you are more receptive to creative insights.  

I personally find when I fully allow myself to feel whatever comes up, after a while, it usually leads to genuine calmness and inner peace.


2.It Creates More Negative

Many who have an incomplete understanding of Law of Attraction (technically, it is Laws of Attraction since there are multiple universal laws in operation when it comes to using thoughts to create reality) believe since like attracts like, we need to always be in a joyful state in order to attract more awesomeness into life. 

While this is all true, what you may not be aware of is that all the goodness in life only gets attracted to you if you have the energy of genuine, as opposed to forced positivity.

Given over 90% of your mental capacity is dominated by the unconscious mind which is the seat of all beliefs, experiences, memories and intuition, and since beliefs and thoughts create corresponding emotions, it doesn’t really matter what you are attempting to do with the limited conscious mind if you cannot take care of what is going on in the unconscious.

That means when the guy next door successfully sells all the spots for his upcoming luxury spiritual retreat, and your first reaction is, “Who does he think he is, that materialistic fake,” but instead you shove concepts like “love thy neighbor” and “we are all swimming in a giant soup of Oneness” down your throat in order to avoid feeling the unpleasant emotions of judgment and jealousy, that energy which comes from an underlying and most likely unconscious belief of lack will always come back to haunt, and create more lack.

You do not attract what you think you need or want. You attract who you are - your most predominant energy. 


Solution: Dive Deeper

After allowing yourself to feel, it is worth to do a bit of self-inquiry such as “Why am I feeling jealous? Is it because I believe life is unfair, or the guy is luckier and more capable than I am? 

It may then become, “I wish my parents were rich and gave me their business so I don’t have to struggle in life.” 

Keep going. Write down every layer of your thoughts. Be brutally honest

Eventually, ask yourself, “What is it that I must have to believe in about myself and the world in order to create my initial reaction? It probably will look something like, “I believe the world is full of lack and I cannot receive everything I want” or “I believe prosperity is only for nasty and greedy folks instead of the kind ones.”

Now the party really begins. It boils down to taking complete self-responsibility, and turning every light on in your emotional house and giving the space a thorough inspection to see what limiting beliefs are generating unpleasant emotions, and what you can do to reprogram them rather than forcing yourself to fake happiness and acceptance.


3. Negativity Serves a Higher Purpose

I use the terms good/bad and positive/negative rather loosely in my speech as everything is relative in life. There is no true positivity or negativity from the perspective of your higher self because it only sees perfection in all; in this life, however, there is what serves you, and what doesn’t.

Some of the best things in my life came out of embracing the most negative experiences.

When I was at my last soul-sucking job under two bosses that resembled the relentless Agents from the Matrix, I kept on telling myself to look at the positives such as “I got a pay check” (so I could put food on the table, have a roof to sleep under and wake up miserable again, yay) or “I worked close to home” (which enabled me to spend more time sulking and complaining about the Agents and the killer sentinels over texts with coworkers).


After a decade of forced positivity while having made myself a permanent home at rock bottom, I finally realized I was trying to conceal burning coals with a thin piece of paper that said, “This isn’t so bad, just look at the positives.”

Eventually, the fire blew up and led to a series of most scary yet miraculous decisions in my life that allowed me to reclaim my freedom in every way.

Along the path, I have encountered dear and courageous souls who after embracing the negativity in their lives be it cancer, addictions or failed suicide attempts, are dedicating their lives to service humanity by creating campaigns to support research for psychedelics or opening spiritual retreats to inspire and empower others.


Solution: Use Negativity as a Springboard

Contrary to the common belief, there is nothing frightening about negative emotions because emotions cannot hurt you. Emotions are components of your internal guidance system which is an extension of Universal Intelligence. Whenever you feel, you are literally receiving an intuition from your higher self as to whether you are heading in a direction that is aligned with it, or meandering too far from it. 

Ultimately, every negative emotion and rock bottom serves the purpose of revealing to you that you alone have the power to choose the quality of your life whether it is to change the direction of your course, or change your perspective of how you experience things.

You can either continue to convince yourself to stay positive while bury your true emotions, or face whatever situation you are in head-on, own it with absolute sincerity and 100% responsibility, then do something about it.

Complete and utter liberation follows the moment you whole-heartedly own everything that shows up in your life as something you have created on some level whether consciously or unconsciously.

By confronting your worst nightmares and inviting the emotions as well as the lessons underneath into your life, you are reclaiming your infinite power of creation and announcing to the universe, "I created that, now I can use that power to create something else.”

Just like that, the negativity you have been afraid to face can now set you free.


Some Final Thoughts

We are taught to fear the shadow because we do not truly understand it. Those who dive into the shadow with curiosity and openness will always discover hidden keys to wisdom and greater liberation for the simple reason that darkness in life is not meant to crush you, it is meant to invite you into this space where the old can be destroyed so the new can be built.

It is meant to wake you up.


The ego says, ‘I shouldn’t have to suffer,’ and that thought makes you suffer so much more. It is a distortion of the truth, which is always paradoxical. The truth is that you need to say yes to suffering before you can transcend it.”

– Eckhart Tolle


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

FBI, DHS Officially Classify Antifa Activities As "Domestic Terrorist Violence"
September 7 2017 | From: ZeroHedge / Various

President Trump was crucified by the mainstream media a few weeks back after hosting an improvised press conference and saying there was "blame on both sides" for the violence in Charlottesville that resulted in the death of a counterprotester. 



The comments resulted in most of Trump's advisory councils being disbanded, as CEO's around the country pounced on the opportunity to distance themselves from the administration, and heightened calls from CNN for impeachment proceedings.

Related: Americans Want Trump to Recognise George Soros as a Terrorist

The problem is that while Trump's delivery probably could have been a bit more artful, the underlying message seems to be proving more accurate with each passing day and each new outbreak of Antifa violence.

As Politico points out today, previously unreported FBI and Department of Homeland Security studies found that "anarchist extremist" group like Antifa have been the "primary instigators of violence at public rallies" going back to at least April 2016 when the reports were first published.


“Federal authorities have been warning state and local officials since early 2016 that leftist extremists known as “antifa” had become increasingly confrontational and dangerous, so much so that the Department of Homeland Security formally classified their activities as “domestic terrorist violence,” according to interviews and confidential law enforcement documents obtained by POLITICO.

Since well before the Aug. 12 rally in Charlottesville, Virginia, turned deadly, DHS has been issuing warnings about the growing likelihood of lethal violence between the left-wing anarchists and right-wing white supremacist and nationalist groups.

Previously unreported documents disclose that by April 2016, authorities believed that “anarchist extremists” were the primary instigators of violence at public rallies against a range of targets.

They were blamed by authorities for attacks on the police, government and political institutions, along with symbols of “the capitalist system,” racism, social injustice and fascism, according to a confidential 2016 joint intelligence assessment by DHS and the FBI.”

Not surprisingly, law enforcement officials noted that the rise in Antifa violence overlapped perfectly with Trump's campaign as they made appearances at rally after rally to incite chaos...all the while making it seem as if violent, racist Trump supporters were to blame.


ANTIFA: “No Trump, No Wall, No USA At All”

Masked terrorists are finally condemned by some Democrats.

Even Democrat Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi & the liberal Berkley Mayor have done an about face on Antifa. But Paul Ryan, McCain & Trump’s cabinet (Tillerson, Cohn, etc) still hold a grudge against Trump for criticizing leftist terrorism.








It was in that period [as the Trump campaign emerged] that we really became aware of them,” said one senior law enforcement official tracking domestic extremists in a state that has become a front line in clashes between the groups.

“These antifa guys were showing up with weapons, shields and bike helmets and just beating the shit out of people. … They’re using Molotov cocktails, they’re starting fires, they’re throwing bombs and smashing windows.”

Almost immediately, the right-wing targets of the antifa attacks began fighting back, bringing more and larger weapons and launching unprovoked attacks of their own, the documents and interviews show. And the extremists on both sides have been using the confrontations, especially since Charlottesville, to recruit unprecedented numbers of new members, raise money and threaten more confrontations, they say.

“Everybody is wondering, 'What are we gonna do? How are we gonna deal with this?'” said the senior state law enforcement official. “Every time they have one of these protests where both sides are bringing guns, there are sphincters tightening in my world. Emotions get high, and fingers get twitchy on the trigger.”

As you'll likely recall, one such event came in June 2016 when Antifa showed up at a rally in Sacramento and began violently attacking protestors with canes and knives.  Of course, with the whole thing caught on video, it's pretty clear who the instigators of violence were (see our post here).





“Some of the DHS and FBI intelligence reports began flagging the antifa protesters before the election. In one from last September, portions of which were read to POLITICO, DHS studied “recent violent clashes … at lawfully organized white supremacist” events including a June 2016 rally at the California Capitol in Sacramento organized by the Traditionalist Workers Party and its affiliate, the Golden State Skinheads.

According to police, counter-protesters linked to antifa and affiliated groups like By Any Means Necessary attacked, causing a riot after which at least 10 people were hospitalized, some with stab wounds.

At the Sacramento rally, antifa protesters came looking for violence, and “engaged in several activities indicating proficiency in pre-operational planning, to include organizing carpools to travel from different locations, raising bail money in preparation for arrests, counter-surveilling law enforcement using three-man scout teams, using handheld radios for communication, and coordinating the event via social media,” the DHS report said.





Trump Was Right: Ryan Finally Criticizes Antifa

Establishment politicians have been forced to address Antifa thanks to alternative media.

It must’ve hurt to admit Trump was right. Ryan waited until even Pelosi & the liberal Mayor of Berkley had turned on Antifa.








Of course, it's not just California.  As the FBI and DHS note, the Antifa group operates much like terrorist cells with disconnected groups all over the country.


“Even before Charlottesville, dozens and, in some cases, hundreds of people on both sides showed up at events in Texas, California, Oregon and elsewhere, carrying weapons and looking for a fight.

In the Texas capital of Austin, armed antifa protesters attacked Trump supporters and white groups at several recent rallies, and then swarmed police in a successful effort to stop them from making arrests.

California has become another battleground, with violent confrontations in Berkeley, Sacramento and Orange County leading to numerous injuries. And antifa counter-protesters initiated attacks in two previous clashes in Charlottesville, according to the law enforcement reports and interviews.

More recently, the antifa groups, which some describe as the Anti-Fascist Action Network, have evolved out of the leftist anti-government groups like “Black bloc,” protesters clad in black and wearing masks that caused violence at events like the 1999 Seattle World Trade Organization protests.

They claim to have no leader and no hierarchy, but authorities following them believe they are organized via decentralized networks of cells that coordinate with each other.

Often, they spend weeks planning for violence at upcoming events, according to the April 2016 DHS and FBI report entitled “Baseline Comparison of US and Foreign Anarchist Extremist Movements.

Dozens of armed anti-fascist groups have emerged, including Redneck Revolt and the Red Guards, according to the reports and interviews. One report from New Jersey authorities said self-described antifa groups have been established in cities including New York, Philadelphia, Chicago and San Francisco."




Meanwhile, even by the spring of 2016, the FBI had already grown concerned enough about Antifa that they began investigating overseas trips by activists out of concerns that they were coordinating with European anarchists to stage large bombings in the U.S.


“By the spring of 2016, the anarchist groups had become so aggressive, including making armed attacks on individuals and small groups of perceived enemies, that federal officials launched a global investigation with the help of the U.S. intelligence community, according to the DHS and FBI assessment.

The purpose of the investigation, according to the April 2016 assessment: To determine whether the U.S.-based anarchists might start committing terrorist bombings like their counterparts in “foreign anarchist extremist movements” in Greece, Italy and Mexico, possibly at the Republican and Democratic conventions that summer.

Some of the antifa activists have gone overseas to train and fight with fellow anarchist organizations, including two Turkey-based groups fighting the Islamic State, according to interviews and internet postings."

Alas, we suspect you'll hear precisely nothing about any of this on CNN.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Smart Meter Radiation Protection Tips
September 7 2017 | From: ElectricSense

The utility companies main argument for installing smart meters is that they save them money because they no longer have to employ people to go out and read your meter. The downside is your health is put at risk.



They pose a risk to you and your family because they use wireless or another form of electromagnetic field technology to transmit your consumption data.  There is also an infringement of privacy issue.

Related: A Smart Home Mega Sensor Can Track What Goes On In A Room + EKG Evidence That Smart Meters Negatively Affect The Human Heart


Why Smart Meters Are Dangerous

Smart meters are a part of an overall system that includes, where wireless is the means of transmission, a series of wireless antennas at the neighborhood level.

The system collects and transmits wireless information from all the smart meters in your area and sends it back to the utility company. They do so by using microwaves or radio frequency radiation, just like your cell phone or wireless router at home.

A smart meter produces microwave non-ionizing radiation that penetrates the walls of your home and into your home 24/7, 365 days. The utility companies argue that because the radiation being emitted is non-ionizing that it’s safe.



Related: Ontario Pulls Plug On 36,000 Rural ‘Smart’ Meters: Is Big Energy Imploding? & This Former Techie Owes His Fortune To Electronic Devices - Now He Thinks They're Dangerous

It’s not safe. Numerous studies point to the adverse biological effects associated with the non-ionizing radiation used by smart meters.


Is Smart Meter Radiation Worse Than Cell Phone Radiation?

Daniel Hirsch, a lecturer and expert in nuclear policy at University of California, Santa Cruz (UCSC), has written a report that reveals smart meters emit 160 times more cumulative whole body exposure than cell phones. He states that:


The cumulative whole body exposure from a Smart Meter at 3 feet appears to be approximately two orders of magnitude higher than that of a cell phone, rather than two orders of magnitude lower.

The big difference between smart meter radiation and cell phone radiation is that having a cell phone or not is a matter of personal choice, if you don’t want a cell phone you don’t buy one. Smart meters, on the other hand, are being forced on populations around the globe.

If you are suffering from insomnia, dizziness, headaches, high blood pressure, heart palpitations, memory loss, lack of energy, tinnitus (ringing in ears) and lack of concentration, it could be the direct result of the smart meter that’s installed in your home.


Two Minutes of Exposure To Smart Meter Radiation Changes Your Blood

At a distance of 1 foot from the smart meter, with just 2 minutes exposure time, the difference in blood samples between people that have been exposed to smart meter radiation and those that haven’t been exposed is remarkable.

See this video:





Smart meters are not optional, and utilities are installing them even when occupants don’t want them.



What’s The Difference Between Smart Meters And Conventional Meters?

1. Typically  smart meters send information back to the utility company via a wireless signal. Instead of having a utility meter man (or woman) come to your home and manually do the monthly electric or water service reading, the reading is sent wirelessly. But it can also be sent via powerline networking which creates another form of EMF pollution as I will explain below.

2. Unlike the older analog meters that have a spinning dial smart meters usually have a digital display. I say ‘usually’ because appearances can be deceptive.



Related: The 'Smart' Meter Itself Is The “Hazardous Condition” + Studies On Radiation From Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies Disrupt And Damage The Nervous System


Warning: Some Smart Meters Are Disguised As Analog Meters 

Some utility companies are now disguising smart meters to look like old style analog meters. I recently received this comment from one of my readers bringing this point to my attention:


“I wanted to tell you about my mother’s analog meter.  When you first look at it, you think it’s an analog because ……it has the old fashioned dials. But the electric co. put what’s called a “retrofit board” over the big disk and that’s what has the transmitter.”

So you need to have a means of determining whether your utility meter is a smart meter, which is what I’m going to explain, but first I want to talk about the wider context.


Why You Shouldn’t Rely On Information From Your Utility Company

You might think you have a smart meter installed but you are not sure. The logical thing to do is to give your utility company a call, right?


This is not 100% reliable because:

Your utility company can’t or won’t give you the information.
They might refuse to give you the information or you might get simply get an employee who knows nothing about smart meters and EMFs.

Increasingly the problem seems to be one the use of “plausible deniability.” If you ask the utility company kind of meter it is, they  reply ‘an analog’.  They will just not mention the fact that the analog meter has had a transmitting retrofit board attached to it. They will also tell you (if they admit you have a smart meter) that it only transmits when the guy drives by in the truck and triggers the meter to read it.  What they don’t tell you about is all the other EMF that is generated 24/7.

Moral of the story: you can’t rely on the utility company for reliable information.


How To Know With 100% Certainty If Your Utility Meter Is A Smart Meter

There are 2 ways to know with 100% certainty whether your utility meter is a smart meter:

1.
Call in an EMF consultant to take readings with an EMF meter.

2.
Take readings yourself with an EMF meter.

Both approaches have their pros and cons. My preferred solution is to take my own EMF readings because it’s not difficult to do, the cost of buying an EMF meter will usually work out cheaper than getting in an EMF consultant and the advantage is you can use your meter over and over again, at work, with friends and family etc.


What You Must Do Before Shielding

The starting point is to take readings with an EMF meter. Smart meters typically emit radio frequency radiation so you need to take readings with a type of EMF meter called a radio frequency (RF) meter.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

There are now several good, easy to use RF meters on the market suitable for measuring smart meter radiation. The Cornet ED88T is my recommendation for a good all round EMF meter, which allows you to also measure electric fields and magnetic fields. Read my review here.

You can easily check the amount of radiation your smart meter is emitting by using one of these radio frequency (RF) meters to measure the radiation levels. Document the reading with a video camcorder or take pictures as proof of the levels of RF radiation you’re being exposed to. This could help later in any dispute with your water, gas or power utility.


How To Shield Smart Meter Radiation

The golden rule with shielding is to have an RF meter on hand to take readings before and after shielding to ensure its effectiveness. DO NOT just blindly shield without taking readings not only could you be wasting your money you might make matters worse.



There are several ways you can shield with varying degrees of ease and effectiveness.


1. Install a smart meter guard to block the RF radiation emissions. This solution is fairly easy to apply, the guard just slips over your smart meter. The disadvantage is that it’s nearly impossible to shield 100% using this method. Smart meter guards fit on the top of the meter so inevitably there will be some leakage from the back.

2.Shield the wall behind the smart meter to prevent the smart meter radiation penetrating your home. There are several ways of doing this, shielding paint is one way. The disadvantage is that it requires quite a lot of decorating type work and it only shields the room the room where you have applied the shielding material. Also this solution can be combined with the installation of a smart meter guard.

3. Use a Faraday canopy to put a specially designed protective net over your bed to shield your sleeping area. The advantage here is that you can achieve near 100% shielding for where you sleep, which is the most important place to shield. The downside is the cost, Faraday canopies are not cheap.

One workaround to make the smart meter guard more effective is to have an electrician pull the meter off the wall, and then slide shielding foil behind it or cover with shielding paint behind the meter. This avoids doing major decoration work.


How Can I Shield My Smart Meter More Cheaply?




As the video above shows, aluminum foil shields well – but I’m sure if the RF meter is moved into different positions (taken out of the direct line trajectory) it will pick up radiation readings. Note: This video merely demonstrates the effectiveness of aluminum foil. This is NOT how to shield a building from the output of a smart meter, this set up would be more effective in shielding the street!

Another low cost shielding solution is to go down your local scrap yard and pick up an old Satellite TV dish (the bigger the better), this will give a nice parabolic shape on which you can stick your shielding material. Then cover with aluminum foil making sure you overlap and double fold the seams.

Using an RF meter you can then move the dish into different positions (always positioning it between the smart meter and your home) checking your radiation readings inside your home to ascertain the position which offers optimum shielding.

This solution won’t be possible where your smart meter is installed on an outside wall of your living accommodation, in which case it will probably be necessary to shield the wall.



Related: What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

However you shield ALWAYS measure with an RF meter before and afterwards. If you don’t do this you’re running blind.


Your Smart Meter May Use Powerline Networking

So far we’ve focused on the radio frequency radiation issue because *typically smart meters send information back to the utility company via a wireless signal. But not all smart meters use wireless as a means of communication.

Some smart meters use ‘powerline networking’ or ‘broadband over power lines’ (BPL). That’s to say they use the electrical wiring to send back the data to the utility company.

Smart meters that function in this way do not emit a wireless signal but they introduce a form of electro-pollution on to your house wiring known as dirty electricity.


Smart Meters And Dirty Electricity



Related: How To Shield Yourself From RF Radiation Exposures – Cheaply

The other little know fact about smart meters is that typically they use switched mode power supply (SMPS).
SMPS is supposed to offer better efficiency and reduced cost in conversion of electrical power. Unfortunately it is also responsible for creating ‘noise’ on house wiring, otherwise known as dirty electricity.

This is no small detail. So you may have a smart meter which is emitting radio frequency radiation and dirty electricity or it may just be emitting dirty electricity. For my recommendations on dealing with dirty electricity please click here.


What To Do If Your Utility Company Wants To Install A Smart Meter

If you don’t currently have a smart meter installed in your home but you find out your utility company is going to install one, there are several things you can do. See this article for information on the steps you can take.


Take Action Now

The World Health Organization has listed smart meter wireless radiation as a possible carcinogen.



This means that your smart meter, that’s on all day and night-all throughout the year, can increase your risk of cancer and other diseases. It’s time to get informed and take appropriate measures to protect your loved ones. Take action now!

It is not difficult to understand why utility companies are so intent on installing wireless smart meters when smart meters could do just the same job but much more safely by being connected to a regular telephone line [not difficult that is, when you understand the wider control and Eugenics agendas].


Related Articles:

The Dangers Of Modern Lighting – How To Go Low EMF In Your Home

The Harmful Effects of Electromagnetic Fields Explained


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization
September 6 2017 | From: Medium / Various

A duck floats past two fish, looks down and says “Morning boys! How’s the water?”



The fish swim on for a bit, then one of them turns to the other and says, “What the fuck is water?”

Related: CNN Accused of Staging Hurricane Rescue Video

Corporatist propaganda is to western civilization what water is to fish. Our culture is saturated in it; it informs so many levels of our worldview and most of us never even examine any of them. It informs all aspects of culture, from our beliefs about what’s going on in the world to our understanding of history to what issues we think we’re supposed to care about on a given day to what opinions we think we’re allowed to choose from.

People think they know what’s going on in their society, why their country fought this or that war, how their nation’s government and economy operate, when really they don’t know any of those things. All their most basic assumptions about their world, their culture, and even who they are as individuals is fully pervaded by mass media propaganda narratives.

In early tribal cultures, humans depended on campfire stories passed on from one generation to the next to tell them what the world is and how to interpret their experiences in it.

Now that role has fallen exclusively to a few highly consolidated corporate media conglomerates whose billionaire owners have a vested interest in maintaining the warmongering plutocratic power establishment that is loosely centralized in the United States, because in that power establishment they get to live as kings.



Related: Consciousness Is the Key to World Change

The “Nazis are taking over America” moral panic is the most hysterical that the people of the United States have been since the November election results rolled in. Not even at peak Russia hysteria has the general public been so emotionally invested in something so grossly unsubstantiated.

Even most of the woke lefties who didn’t buy into the ridiculous Russia narrative swallowed the core message being promulgated by corporate media hook, line and sinker. Few questioned why the entire mass media had converged upon Charlottesville long before anyone died.

Few bothered researching to what extent white supremacist groups were holding demonstrations and committing hate crimes throughout the entire Obama administration or asking why those lacked similar coverage. It’s been a nationwide garment-rending psychotic break from coast to coast, and very few people stopped to ask themselves where their ideas were originating from.

There has just been a solar eclipse, so maybe people being outdoors with their neighbors and coworkers looking at something together was enough of a reality check to break the spell, but if the narrative hasn’t done its job already the talking heads on TV will be pushing them back into it by the morning.



Related: Only at Newswars: Insider Says Google Greatest Threat to Conservatism

This sort of thing is happening constantly. Virtually all political perspectives in mainstream America are formed by propaganda either directly or indirectly, but if you talk about the solution to the status quo being a shift in human consciousness people get impatient and dismissive.

They’ll accuse you of offering impractical airy-fairy spiritual-sounding solutions about “getting woke” that only have any relevance to a tiny fraction of the population. “We need real solutions! How do we organize? Should we start a new political party? We need a district-by-district plan!”

They’re fish in water. They don’t realize that every move they make is happening inside this ubiquitous bubble of deceit that is specifically designed to redirect energy and attention toward narratives which favor the establishment.

No matter how awesome and pragmatic your idea is, they’ll always be perceived by the general public through a filter of lies which contradict it, and it will have to be actualized within a society that is fully blinkered by narratives tilted to favor the ruling class.

This is why fighting the propaganda machine is the single most practical thing that we can do to create a healthy world.



Related: Houston Rescue Images Destroying Media’s Race Narrative

“Getting woke”
is not some lofty, impractical attainment accessible only to a small clique who has read the right books and experimented with the right psychedelics and meditated at the feet of the right Hindu masters.

It’s a simple matter of seeing through untruths that you had previously mistaken for truths, and, at least on a political level, the bulk of the untruths that the average person carries around with them were put there either directly or indirectly by establishment propaganda. Facilitating a worldwide transformation of human consciousness is as simple as disrupting the stories that humans are being told by those in power.

Of course, just because something is simple doesn’t mean that it’s easy. As we discussed recently, there’s a century of high-budget research and development feeding into the science of these advanced social manipulations, and there’s an unfathomably powerful class with a vested interest in keeping those manipulations up and running.

But since the oligarchy rules by creating the illusion of freedom and democracy using propaganda it is by far the weakest point in its armor, and with the democratization of information available to our society via unprecedented internet access a populist information rebellion could definitely kill all public trust in the lie factory. This would ruin an essential foundation of the oligarchy.



Related: Bookmark This: Over 400 Links Google Doesn’t Want You To Visit

There is no political solution to an oligarchy which owns the entire political system, but the oligarchy cannot rule without its propaganda machine.

Public trust in the mass media is plummeting, though it’s still far higher than it should be.

The closer we get that trust to zero, the greater the possibility that we can build a healthy world uninhibited by the manipulations of a few sociopathic billionaires.


Related: The Shift Into The Next Harmonic Universe By The End of 2017


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Journalist Interrogated, Fired For Story Linking CIA And Syria Weapons Flights
& All The Countries America Has Invaded In One Map

September 6 2017 | From: ZeroHedge / GlobalResearch / Various

A months-long investigation which tracked and exposed a massive covert weapons shipment network to terror groups in Syria via diplomatic flights originating in the Caucuses and Eastern Europe under the watch of the CIA and other intelligence agencies has resulted in the interrogation and firing of the Bulgarian journalist who first broke the story.



This comes as the original report is finally breaking into mainstream international coverage.

Related: Biometric Data Harvesting: NZ soldiers in controversial intelligence-gathering programme in Afghanistan

Investigative reporter Dilyana Gaytandzhieva authored a bombshell report for Trud Newspaper, based in Sofia, Bulgaria, which found that an Azerbaijan state airline company was regularly transporting tons of weaponry to Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (UAE), and Turkey under diplomatic cover as part of the CIA covert program to supply anti-Assad fighters in Syria.

Those weapons, Gaytandzhieva found, ended up in the hands of ISIS and al-Qaeda terrorists in Iraq and Syria.

While it's long been understood that the US-Gulf-NATO coalition arming rebels inside Syria facilitated the rapid rise of the Islamic State as the group had steady access to a "jihadi Wal-Mart" of weapons (in the words of one former spy and British diplomat), the Trud Newspaper report is the first to provide exhaustive documentation detailing the precise logistical chain of the weapons as they flowed from their country of origin to the battlefield in Syria and Iraq.



Related: Documentary Looks At America’s “National Bird”

Gaytandzhieva even traveled to Aleppo where she filmed and examined labeled weapons shipping containers held in underground jihadist storehouses.

The Bulgaria-based journalist obtained and published dozens of secret internal memos which were leaked to her by an anonymous source as part of the report.

The leaked documents appear to be internal communications between the Bulgarian government and Azerbaijan's Embassy in Sofia detailing flight plans for Silk Way Airlines, which was essentially operating an "off the books" weapons transport service (not subject to inspections or tax under diplomatic cover) for the US Special Operations Command (USSOCOM), Saudi Arabia, Israel, Germany, Denmark, and Sweden.

Silk Way Airlines has been the subject of other recent investigations involving weapons supplies for the Saudi war on Yemen.
In addition, the military monitoring site Balkan Insight has exposed similar weapons cargo flights in and out of neighboring Serbia.



Silk Way Airlines flight over Birmingham (UK)

But perhaps the more explosive finding involves private American companies contracting with the US government to help train and equip militants in Syria. An investigative series by Buzzfeed - the first of which was published in 2015 - named military contractor Purple Shovel LLC as the recipient of two no-bid contracts totaling more $50 million as part of the US train and equip program for Syria.

Gaytandzhieva's report definitively links Purple Shovel and other private American military contractors to the Azerbaijan Silk Way Airlines shipments.

One leaked memo includes a cargo manifest for multiple tons of anti-tank grenades purchased in Bulgaria by Purple Shovel which were ostensibly designated for the official consignee - the Ministry of Defense of Ajerbaijan - but which never made it to Ajerbaijan.

The documents, however, reveal that the military cargo was offloaded at Turkey's Incirlik air base, which is one of the US and NATO's main command centers for covert operations in Syria.

Though Gaytandzhieva's report is months old and began through a series of smaller investigations, it gained little traction in Western or international press, even though it was promoted on social media and discussed among some of the world's foremost experts on Syria and the Middle East. However, on Sunday Qatar-based Al Jazeera featured the story while reporting the shocking news that Gaytandzhieva had been interrogated by Bulgarian authorities before being fired from her newspaper:


“Gaytandzhieva said on Thursday in a tweet that she was fired from her job at Trud after she was interrogated by the Bulgarian national security which tried to find out her sources.

She said she first got suspicious of the weapons transferred to Syria when she found Bulgarian-made weapons at the hands "terrorists" in Aleppo while reporting on the Syrian war there.

She said that she then traced those weapons to its Bulgarian manufacturer only to find out that those weapons were legally exported to Saudi Arabia, which in turn supplied it to "terrorists" in Syria.”



Al Jazeera is now belatedly highlighting the story in the midst of the current Qatari-Saudi diplomatic war which has resulted in a general airing of dirty laundry as each side continues to accuse the other of supporting terrorism.

Regardless, Al Jazeera's coverage constitutes the first time this story has entered the mainstream. While we've reported the recent Trump decision to end the CIA covert program of regime change in Syria, it appears the apparatus for external weapons shipments to jihadists in Syria remains in place through the continuing Silk Way Airlines weapons pipeline. As Al Jazeera reports:

Speaking to Al Jazeera by phone on Sunday from Bulgaria, Gaytandzhieva said: "Saudi Arabia, UAE and the US must stop using the cover of Silk Way Airlines diplomatic flights to supply Eastern European weapons which end up in the hands of terrorists around the world. Diplomatic flights are exempt from checks and inspection."





Tracking weapons from Eastern Europe to Syrian al-Qaeda: December 2016 Bulgarian news broadcast by Dilyana Gaytandzhieva. Brief English commentary begins at 1:00 mark. The report investigates Bulgarian origin rockets and weaponry said to have been in possession of Nusra Front (AQ in Syria). Leaked documents would later confirm Bulgarian weapons shipped to Saudi Arabia as part of the covert Syria program.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Balkan Investigative Reporting Network (BIRN) and the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP) also carried out their own lengthy investigations which are consistent with Trud News journalist Gaytandzhieva's findings. Infographic source: Balkan Insight

The CIA program relied heavily on US ally Saudi Arabia to arm anti-Assad jihadists, and while it appears that the White House recently ended the CIA side of things, there's no evidence to suggest that Saudi Arabia or other participating allied countries ever ceased or even slowed their part of the operations.

Also, given that both the CIA and Pentagon contract with private firms acting as middle men to get weapons to the Syrian battlefield, it is uncertain if all aspects of the CIA program have really been shut down. Historically, the CIA has sometimes farmed out legally questionable activities to private contractors for the sake of 'plausible deniability'.



Furthermore, the Pentagon side of the program, which supplies Kurdish and Arab groups in the Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) appears to be ramping up of late.

Given the latest development of Trud Newspaper firing its own journalist and Bulgarian authorities attempting to locate her sources, it is entirely possible and likely that pressure is building for Trud to remove the story from its website. The new Al Jazeera story has brought fresh international attention to Gaytandzhieva's findings, which is sure to increase the controversy.

Below are excerpts from the original Trud report with images of select leaked documents. The original report contains dozens of downloadable leaked memos which were translated with contents summarized by Dilyana Gaytandzhieva.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window


Government Docs Leaked by Hackers ("Anonymous Bulgaria") Reveal Weapons Pipeline to Terrorists in Syria:

According to these documents, Silk Way Airlines offered diplomatic flights to private companies and arms manufacturers from the US, Balkans, and Israel, as well as to the militaries of Saudi Arabia, UAE, and US Special Operations Command (USSOCOM), and the military forces of Germany and Denmark in Afghanistan and of Sweden in Iraq.

Diplomatic flights are exempt of checks, air bills, and taxes, meaning that Silk Way airplanes freely transported hundreds of tons of weapons to different locations around the world without regulation. They made technical landings with stays varying from a few hours to up to a day in intermediary locations without any logical reasons such as needing to refuel the planes.


U.S. Sends $1 Billion Worth of Weapons

Among the main customers of the “diplomatic flights for weapons” service provided by Silk Way Airlines are American companies, which supply weapons to the US army and US Special Operations Command. The common element in these cases is that they all supply non-US standard weapons; hence, the weapons are not used by the US forces.

According to the register of federal contracts, over the last 3 years American companies were awarded $1billion contracts it total under a special US government program for non-US standard weapon supplies.

All of them used Silk Way Airlines for the transport of weapons. In some cases when Silk Way was short of aircrafts due to a busy schedule, Azerbaijan Air Force aircrafts transported the military cargo, although weapons never reached Azerbaijan.




Related: Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars | Video

The documents leaked from the Embassy include shocking examples of weapon transport. A case in point: on 12th May 2015 an aircraft of Azerbaijan Air Forces carried 7.9 tons of PG-7V and 10 tons of PG-9V the supposed destination via the route Burgas (Bulgaria)-Incirlik (Turkey)-Burgas-Nasosny (Azerbaijan).

The consignor was the American company Purple Shovel, and the consignee – the Ministry of Defense of Azerbaijan. According to the documents, however, the military cargo was offloaded at Incirlik military base and never reached the consignee. The weapons were sold to Purple Shovel by Alguns, Bulgaria, and manufactured by Bulgaria’s VMZ military plant.

According to the federal contracts registry, in December of 2014 USSOCOM signed a $26.7 million contract with Purple Shovel. Bulgaria was indicated as the country of origin of the weapons.


US Covert Program Sent Bulgarian Weapons to Al Qaeda via Private Military Contractor 

On 6 June 2015, a 41-year old American national Francis Norvello, an employee of Purple Shovel, was killed in a blast when a rocket-propelled grenade malfunctioned at a military range near the village of Anevo in Bulgaria. Two other Americans and two Bulgarians were also injured.



The US Embassy to Bulgaria then released a statement announcing that the U.S. government contractors were working on a U.S. military program to train and equip moderate rebels in Syria. Which resulted in the U.S. Ambassador to Sofia to be immediately withdrawn from her post.

They very same weapons as those supplied by Purple Shovel were not used by moderate rebels in Syria. In December of last year while reporting on the battle of Aleppo as a correspondent for Bulgarian media I found and filmed 9 underground warehoused full of heavy weapons with Bulgaria as their country of origin.

They were used by Al Nusra Front (Al Qaeda affiliate in Syria designated as a terrorist organization by the UN).


Saudi Arabia – Sponsor and Arms Distributor

Besides the USA, another country that has purchased huge quantities of Eastern-European weapons and exported them on Silk Way Airlines diplomatic flights is Saudi Arabia.



In 2016 and 2017, there were 23 diplomatic flights carrying weapons from Bulgaria, Serbia and Azerbaijan to Jeddah and Riyadh. The consignees were VMZ military plant and Transmobile from Bulgaria, Yugoimport from Serbia, and CHIHAZ from Azerbaijan.

The Kingdom does not buy those weapons for itself, as the Saudi army used only western weapons and those weapons are not compatible with its military standard. Therefore, the weapons transported on diplomatic flights end up in the hands of the terrorist militants in Syria and Yemen that Saudi Arabia officially admits supporting.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window


Report Links Internationally Transported Weapons to ISIS

On 5 March 2016, an Azerbaijan Air Force aircraft carried 1700 pcs. RPG-7 (consignor: Ministry of Defense of Azerbaijan) and 2500 pcs. PG-7VM (consignor: Transmobile Ltd., Bulgaria) for the Defense Ministry of Saudi Arabia. Diplomatic flights from Burgas Airport to Prince Sultan Airport on 18 and 28 February 2017 each carried a further 5080 psc. 40 mm PG-7V for RPG-7 and 24 978 psc.

RGD-5. The weapons were exported by Transmobile, Bulgaria to the Ministry of Defense of Saudi Arabia. Such munitions and RPG-7 originating in Bulgaria can often be seen in videos filmed and posted by the Islamic State on their propaganda channels.


Weapons on Silk Way Flight Manifests Appear on the Syrian Battlefield Months After Arrival in Turkey and Saudi Arabia

The 41.2-ton cargo from Baku and Belgrade included: 7.62 mm cartridges, 12 pcs. sniper rifles, 25 pcs. M12 “Black Spear” caliber 12.7x108mm, 25 psc. RBG 40x46 mm/6M11, and 25 pcs. Coyote machine gun 12.7x108 mm with tripods.

The same heavy machine gun appeared in videos and photos posted online by militant groups in Idlib and the province of Hama in Syria a few months later. The aircraft also carried: 1999 psc. M70B1 7.62x39 mm and 25 psc. M69A 82 mm. On 26 February 2016, a video featuring same M69A 82 mm weapons was posted on YouTube by a militant group calling itself Division 13 and fighting north of Aleppo.




Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Interestingly, the aircraft that carried the same type of weapons landed in Diyarbakir (Turkey), 235 km away from the border with Syria. Another type of weapon, RBG 40 mm/6M11, which was from the same flight and supposedly destined for Congo too, appeared in a video of the Islamic Brigade of Al Safwa in Northern Aleppo.

After Turkey, the aircraft landed in Saudi Arabia and remained there for a day. Afterwards it landed in Congo and Burkina Faso. A week later, there was an attempted military coup in Burkina Faso.

Full report and downloadable copies of leaked documents are also available here.



All The Countries America Has Invaded In One Map

From Montezuma to the shores of Tripoli, the US has had a military presence across the world, from almost day one of its independence.



For those who have ever wanted a clearer picture of the true reach of the United States military – both historically and currently – but shied away due to the sheer volume of research required to find an answer, The Anti Media points out that a crew at the Independent just made things a whole lot simpler.

Related: Don’t Kid Yourself, The US Will Still Continue ‘Exporting Democracy’

Using data compiled by a Geography and Native Studies professor from Evergreen State College in Olympia, Washington, the indy100 team created an interactive map of U.S. military incursions outside its own borders from Argentina in 1890 to Syria in 2014.

To avoid confusion, indy100 laid out its prerequisites for what constitutes an invasion:


Deployment of the military to evacuate American citizens, covert military actions by US intelligence, providing military support to an internal opposition group, providing military support in one side of a conflict, use of the army in drug enforcement actions.

But indy100 didn’t stop there. To put all that history into context, using data from the Department of Defense (DOD), the team also put together a map to display all the countries in which nearly 200,000 active members of the U.S. military are now stationed.

For more details, click on the country:




The three countries with the biggest U.S. presence, according to DOD numbers, are Japan at 39,623, Germany at 34,399 and South Korea at 23,297.






The publication of the maps comes just after President Donald Trump announced the military would not be pulling out of its 16-year engagement in Afghanistan – a reversal of his previous stance – and that the U.S. would seek stronger ties with India to combat terrorism in South and Central Asia.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now
September 5 2017 | From: JonRappoport

In 1971, Gary Allen published his book, None Dare Call it Conspiracy. It quickly became an unofficial best seller. Over the years, several million copies have been sold.



Allen’s thesis was stark: super-rich American capitalists were financing socialism. This bizarre paradox was resolved when socialism was properly understood - not as “power to the people” - but as elite power over the people. In other words, as a hoax.

Related: Gilad Atzmon Expains the Murder of the West by Identity Politics

These days, the socialist hoax is still unknown to most of the population. Cloak a global power grab as progress for all of humanity.

Here, from chapter six of None Dare Call it Conspiracy, “The Rockefellers and the Reds,” is a devastating passage commenting on the period just after the Russian Revolution of 1917:

“The Rockefellers assigned their public relations agent, Ivy Lee, to sell the American public the idea that the Bolsheviks were merely misunderstood idealists who were actually kind benefactors of mankind.”

Professor Antony Sutton of Stanford University’s Hoover Institution, notes in his highly authoritative Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development:”

“’Quite predictably…[Ivy] Lee concludes that the communist problem is merely psychological. By this time he is talking about “Russians” (not Communists) and concludes “they are all right.”

He suggests the United States should not engage in propaganda; makes a plea for peaceful coexistence; and suggests the United States would find it sound policy to recognize the USSR and advance credits [give loans].’ (Antony Sutton, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1917-1930, Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Calif., 1968, p.292)”




Related: Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

“After the Bolshevik Revolution, Standard [Oil] of New Jersey [Rockefeller] bought 50 per cent of the Nobel’s huge Caucasus oil fields even though the property had theoretically been nationalized [by Russia]. (O’Connor, Harvey, The Empire Of Oil, Monthly Review Press, New York, 1955, p.270.)”

“In 1927, Standard Oil of New York [Rockefeller] built a refinery in Russia, thereby helping the Bolsheviks put their economy back on its feet. Professor Sutton states: ‘This was the first United States investment in Russia since the Revolution.’ (Ibid, Vol.1, p.38)”

“Shortly thereafter Standard Oil of New York and its subsidiary, Vacuum Oil Company [Rockefeller], concluded a deal to market Soviet oil in European countries and it was reported that a loan of $75,009,000 to the Bolsheviks was arranged. (National Republic, Sept.1927.)”

“…Wherever Standard Oil would go, Chase National Bank was sure to follow. (The Rockefeller’s Chase Bank was later merged with the Warburg’s Manhattan Bank to form the present Chase Manhattan Bank.) In order to rescue the Bolsheviks, who were supposedly an archenemy, the Chase National Bank was instrumental in establishing the American-Russian Chamber of Commerce in 1922.



Related: Antony Sutton, Skull & Bones, Hitler, the Bush family

President of the Chamber was Reeve Schley, a vice-president of Chase National Bank. (Ibid, Vol.11, p.288) According to Professor Sutton: ‘In 1925, negotiations between Chase and [Russian] Prombank extended beyond the finance of raw materials and mapped out a complete program for financing Soviet raw material exports to the U. S. and imports of U. S. cotton and machinery.’ (Ibid, Vol.11, p.226) Sutton also reports that ‘Chase National Bank and the Equitable Trust Company were leaders in the Soviet credit business.’ (Ibid, p.277)”

“The Rockefeller’s Chase National Bank also was involved in selling Bolshevik bonds in the United States in 1928. Patriotic organizations denounced the Chase as an ‘international fence.’ Chase was called ‘a disgrace to America… They will go to any lengths for a few dollars profits.’ (Ibid, Vol.11, p.291) Congressman Louis McFadden, chairman of the House Banking Committee, maintained in a speech to his fellow Congressmen:”

“’The Soviet government has been given United States Treasury funds by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks acting through the Chase Bank and the Guaranty Trust Company and other banks in New York City.”

“’Open up the books of Amtorg, the trading organization of the Soviet government in New York, and of Gostorg, the general office of the Soviet Trade Organization, and of the State Bank of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and you will be staggered to see how much American money has been taken from the United States’ Treasury for the benefit of Russia.

Find out what business has been transacted for the State Bank of Soviet Russia by its correspondent, the Chase Bank of New York’. (Congressional Record, June 15, 1933.)”




Related: The House of Rockefeller

“But the Rockefellers apparently were not alone in financing the Communist arm of the Insiders’ conspiracy. According to Professor Sutton ‘… there is a report in the State Department files that names Kuhn, Loeb & Co. (the long established and important financial house in New York) as the financier of the [Russians’] First Five Year Plan. See U. S. State Dept. Decimal File, 811.51/3711 and 861.50 FIVE YEAR PLAN/236.’ (Sutton, op. cit., Vol. II, p. 340n.)”

“Professor Sutton proves conclusively in his three volume history of Soviet technological development that the Soviet Union was almost literally manufactured by the U.S.A…”

“…Sutton shows that there is hardly a segment of the Soviet economy which is not a result of the transference of Western, particularly American, technology.”

“This cannot be wholly the result of accident. For fifty years the Federal Reserve-CFR-Rockefeller-lnsider crowd has advocated and carried out policies aimed at increasing the power of their satellite, the Soviet Union. Meanwhile, America spends $75 billion a year on defense to protect itself from the enemy the Insiders are building up.”

NOTE: The descendants of these bankers are now doing everything they can to build up the story that Donald Trump won the presidency by colluding with Russians. To call this an irony, in view of the above information, would be a vast understatement.



Related: Psychologists Who Developed CIA Torture Reach Secret Deal to Avoid Trial

However, the motives of these men are clear: regardless of whether Trump meant to keep his promises to destroy Globalism (aka worldwide socialism), his mere mention of Globalism as the enemy, during the presidential campaign, and his declared opposition to Globalist “free trade” treaties, was sufficient to warrant an all-out attack on him.

The whole idea of nationalism as preferable to Globalism could act as a contagious germ spreading to the people of other countries - so Trump as the face and symbol of such sentiments had to be defamed and crushed.

Through various front organizations, cutouts, dupes, brainwashed useful idiots, and violent hired thugs, that operation to crush Trump is well underway.

Again - and this point must be understood - IT DOESN’T MATTER WHETHER TRUMP EVER MEANT TO KEEP HIS PROMISE TO BURY GLOBALISM. THE MERE MENTION OF GLOBALISM AS THE ENEMY WAS AND IS SUFFICIENT TO WARRANT UNCEASING ATTACKS AGAINST HIM.

Many, many of Trump’s supporters want to see Globalism buried.

Ultimately, they are the real target of the Globalists, who want to neutralize and disperse them and make them passive and demoralized.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Millions Of Kids Don’t See Any Purpose In Going To School Anymore & Matrix Revealed: Why Logic Disappeared
September 5 2017 | From: CollectiveEvolution / JonRappoport

Vibration is the energy that we emanate through space. It is a life force that flows through our entire body and dictates the flow of our life. It determines the events and people that we attract in our lives.



This vibration fluctuates in the way we handle ourselves and life experiences. One day it’s higher, the next it’s lower. It is through this normalcy that we handle the rhythm of our lives.

Related: School is trauma based mind control, David Rodriguez

Who is Sir Ken Robinson? He’s a prominent scholar who works with education systems, international agencies, and several global corporations, as well as some of the world’s leading cultural organizations, to spark the energy of individuals and organizations.

In fact, Sir Ken Robinson is the most watched speaker in his field; his talk “Changing Education Paradigms,” featured below, has been viewed online over 40 million times and seen by approximately 350 million people in 160 countries. Clearly, there are a lot of people who deeply resonate with his message.

In that video linked above, Robinson shows how we are working with an old education model that is not keeping up to new ideas, and new information that’s constantly emerging. This is a good point because, especially in today’s day and age, new information is always challenging long held belief systems. It a great tool to spark critical thinking, discussion and questioning.

Prior to his work, he was a professor of arts education at the University of Warwick in the UK, where he is now professor emeritus. Almost two decades ago, he led a national commission on creativity, education, and the economy for the UK government. He has been a catalyst for unlocking the creativity of money, and helping others pursue one of the only things they should pursue: their passion.


“Jacob’s New Dress”: ‘ Gender-Expansive’ Agenda Pushed in NC Schools

Young children are being sexualized earlier and earlier.

It’s not just California pushing a transgender agenda on kindergarteners. North Carolina has a transgender agenda as well. Do you know WHAT your child is being taught? Do you know WHY they are doing this?







His book The Element: How Finding Your Passion Changes Everything (Penguin/Viking, 2009) is a New York Times bestseller. It has been translated into 23 languages and has sold over a million copies worldwide.

Below is an quote by Dr. Kelly M. Flanagan, a licensed clinical psychologist who received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology at Penn State University.

He believes that children who question what they are told, refuse to listen to authority on the basis of their authority alone, or even talk back to their parents and teachers are showing science of intelligence that should be nurtured. It’s difficult to do this in a traditional educational setting, one of many reasons children do not enjoy school - they have to follow the group rather than their own passions.


“When we can’t say “No,” we become a sponge for the feelings of everyone around us and we eventually become saturated by the needs of everyone else while our own hearts wilt and die. We begin to live our lives according to the forceful should of others, rather than the whispered, passionate want of our own hearts.

We let everyone else tell us what story to live and we cease to be the author of our own lives. We lose our voice - we lose the desire planted in our souls and the very unique way in which we might live out that desire in the world. We get used by the world instead of being useful in the world.“

Below is a TED talk given by Robinson in 2013, where he outlines three principles that are crucial for the human mind to flourish, and how current education actually works against them. He refers to this lightheartedly as an “educational death valley,” one which all youngsters are facing, as goes on to describe how to nurture children instead with an environment of possibility and hope.



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

In his talk, he also provides a few staggering statistics. For example, in some parts of the country, 60% of kids drop out of high school. In Native American communities, that number rises to 80%.

He explains:


But the dropout crisis is just the tip of an iceberg. What it doesn’t count are all the kids who are in school but being disengaged from it, who don’t enjoy it, who don’t get any real benefit from it.

And the reason is not that we’re not spending enough money. America spends more money on education than most other countries. Class sizes are smaller than in many countries. And there are hundreds of initiatives every year to try and improve education. The trouble is, it’s all going in the wrong direction.

There are three principles on which human life flourishes, and they are contradicted by the culture of education under which most teachers have to labor and most students have to endure.
.“

The first principal proposes that human beings are naturally different and diverse, and the second, that curiosity drives the flourishing of human life. If you can light the spark of curiosity in a child, amazing things will happen. The third principle holds that human life is inherently creative. He expands upon all three in the lecture below.


Sir Ken Robinson outlines 3 principles crucial for the human mind to flourish - and how current education culture works against them. In a funny, stirring talk he tells us how to get out of the educational "death valley" we now face, and how to nurture our youngest generations with a climate of possibility.





Related Articles:

UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Education Programming 101: Destroy Logic

Schools: The New "Animal Farm"


Kids Meditate Instead Of Taking ADHD Medications, See Amazing Resuts + Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding

Why Children Hate School + Digital Media And Kids: How Much Is Too Much?

20 History Questions They Refuse To Answer In School

John Minto And Liz Gordon: Charter Schools 'Failing' Worldwide



Matrix Revealed: Why Logic Disappeared

Over the past year, I’ve been in communication with several teachers who are telling me about the descent into more social programming in school classrooms.

From so-called environmental agendas, to discussions about gender orientation and choice of gender identity, to sex education, to teaching about “liberalism,” the indoctrination is getting thicker and deeper.

Related: The Science And Pseudoscience Of Children’s Mental Health + Creating ADHD Is The New Education

This whole mind-engineering approach would suffer a devastating blow if logic were introduced into the curriculum, particularly at an early age.

One prime factor becomes clear the moment a student explores logic as a formal subject. That factor is THE PREMISE.

Deductive arguments begin from premises, also known as assumptions or givens. Although logic focuses on the process of reasoning launched from the premises, there is no way to avoid looking at these basic assumptions, once the student learns how to find them.

“Is this premise true?” “Does it make sense?” And then all bets are off, because social programming is short on reasoning and long on givens.

That’s how mind-programming is done - by pouring assumptions into the student. Once he begins to look at them, study them, consider them, assess them, he is SEPARATE FROM THEM.




Confused, Ashamed, Afraid: How Schools Bully Students

Public schools giving students a Brave New World agenda.

$84 Million has gone missing in NYC schools. Also, Mary & Jesus have gone missing in a private Catholic school. What is the agenda behind all this waste and fraud?




He can then gauge their truth or falsity. He can decide whether they’re grounded in fact, or are merely arbitrary notions designed to forward an ideology. At that point, the roof caves in on the programmers.

This is one reason I designed a basic introductory logic course for high-school students and included it in my collection, The Matrix Revealed.

Students should have the opportunity to experience analyzing passages of text. They should learn what that process does for them, how it wakes them up and eventually makes them independent.

Educators are aware that treading on the path of logic endangers what they are covertly putting into students’ heads.

That’s why logic has disappeared. That’s why it needs to come back. Shepherded by parents.

Every home is a civilization.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Kiwis Urged To Check And Change Passwords & Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”
September 4 2017 | From: Scoop / GlobalResearch

World’s Biggest Spambot Dump: New Zealanders urged to check and change passwords.



Recently it was reported that more than 700 million email addresses, and a number of passwords, have been leaked in what is already being referred to as one of the largest spambot dumps the world has ever seen.

Related: Facebook Figured Out My Family Secrets, And It Won't Tell Me How

At present, it is believed the data dump originated via a spambot called Onliner however this is yet to be verified. You can check if your email address has been affected at haveibeenpwned.com.

Security experts are advising those affected to change their passwords immediately to reduce the risk of further penetration.

This recommendation begs the question – what makes a secure password?

Aura Information Security’s general manager, Peter Bailey says, "While security experts have been talking to people about securing their passwords for years, it is still one of the easiest points of access for hackers to use. Too often passwords are written down, reused or too easy to hack."

Passwords are the gateway to you and your companies’ private materials, but the importance of password security is often overlooked – which can lead to increased cyber security risk for businesses.

Here are six top tips on how to maximise your business’ password security from Aura Information Security’s Peter Bailey:


1. Use a Password Manager

A good password manager, which is essentially a vault that stores all your passwords in one place and is protected by a master password, will help to make the task setting strong, different passwords for multiple accounts far easier.

These password managers rely on you setting a very strong master password, so Aura recommends using a “passphrase” as this master password – that is, a sequence of four or five words.



Related: Here’s How You Can See If Hackers Already Have Your Passwords

These days, it’s length, not complexity, that makes a good password, so try to choose longer words that aren’t predictable or easy to guess. Fortunately, it will be the last password you have to remember, as most password managers include password generators to create strong (long and complex) passwords for you, so you’ll never have to look at or type in another password again.

There are lots of options out there, ranging from online solutions such as 1Password or LastPass, to the more technical solutions such as KeePass. Most solutions provide mobile apps as well, so you can manage your passwords on your iOS or android devices too.


2. Use Two-Factor Authentication Where it is Available

Where two-factor authentication is offered (even Facebook offers it days), make use of it. Two-factor authentication combines username and password (factor one) with a second level of verification, like a TXT code to your mobile or a 2FA code generator such as Google Authenticator (factor two).


3. Don’t Reuse Passwords

If a hacker does manage to access your business password, having the same password for everything could spell disaster.

The same goes for employee passwords, sharing passwords between their personal and business accounts increases the chances that the password could be compromised. It’s best practise to have multiple passwords, to minimise the potential impact on your business should one password be discovered.


4. Never Disclose or Share Your Credentials

Cyber criminals are getting more and more sophisticated, but in our experience the same types of tricks that have been used for years by hackers are still the most effective – and that is social engineering.



Related: The U.S. Spy Hub in the Heart of Australia

In other words, tricking an employee into clicking on an infected link, revealing a user name and password or paying an invoice that looks like it has come from a legitimate source.

Perhaps our biggest piece of advice is that good security starts with staff education and effective security policiesand that includes never revealing your passwords to anyone, or including passwords in documentation (emails, work instructions, application user guide etc.).


5. Ensure your Employees Understand Cyber Security

Most security breaches can be attributed to employee error…or ignorance. Employees who use weak passwords or use the same password across personal and work accounts can prove to be the weak spot that hackers use to penetrate your business.

To ensure your business fosters a culture of cybersecurity awareness, regular training and education is key.



Related: Purge Of Conservative Sites and Platforms Has Begun

If you don’t have a CISO to help lead the charge, there are some great online tools and employee checklists available from sites such as ConnectSmart.govt.nz and cert.govt.nz. Aura also recently launched its e-learning tool, which is designed to provide businesses with the ability to train and educate staff whilst also identifying areas for improvement.


6. Make Your Password Complex, But Easy to Remember

Previous advice has recommended combining upper and lower case letters, using number and symbols when creating your password. The inability for people to remember these complex passwords ends up putting individuals at higher risk of cyber hacks – by writing down your password in order to actually remember it, you’re opening yourself up to more threat.

Instead, think of an easy to remember phrase or word combination. Lyrics of a song, a short quote from a movie or book, or even a dinner dish are good options to make your password complex enough to deter hackers, but still easy to remember.



Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”

A CBS news article published in 2011 entitled “Social Media Is a Tool of the CIA. Seriously”  reveals the “unspoken truth” which the mainstream media including CBS have failed to address. 

The CIA is  “using Facebook, Twitter, Google (GOOG) and other social media to spy on people.”

Related: Facebook Introduces Overt Censorship, Beyond #GoogleGestapo

This article published by CBS refutes the lies of the MSM (and CBS). It confirms the insidious relationship between the CIA, the Search Engines,  Social Media and major advertising conglomerates:


“You don’t need to wear a tinfoil hat to believe that the CIA is using Facebook, Twitter, Google (GOOG) and other social media to spy on people. That’s because the CIA publishes a helpful list of press releases [link inactive] on all the social media ventures it sponsors, via its technology investment arm In-Q-Tel. … “

The report acknowledges that “privacy” is threatened by the advertisers, yet at the same time these advertisers are “in bed with the CIA”,  acting on behalf and in liaison with US intelligence.


The Privatization of Spying

Spying on individuals is a highly profitable undertaking for private companies on contract to the CIA, NSA, Homeland Security. The CBS report suggests in no uncertain terms that the personal information pertaining to millions of Americans collected by one of the World’s largest ad agencies is sold to the CIA. 

According to an earlier Wired News July 2010 report by Noam Schachtman:


"THE INVESTMENT ARMS of the CIA and Google are both backing a company that monitors the web in real time - and says it uses that information to predict the future.

The company is called Recorded Future, and it scours tens of thousands of websites, blogs and Twitter accounts to find the relationships between people, organizations, actions and incidents - both present and still-to-come.

In a white paper, the company says its temporal analytics engine “goes beyond search” by “looking at the ‘invisible links’ between documents that talk about the same, or related, entities and events.”




Purge of Conservative Sites and Platforms Has Begun

The masters of social media are doing their best to stop the growth of the new conservative media.

 


Freedom of Expression

Social Media and Search engines are being used to Spy on Americans! But not only on Americans. The process of personal data collection is worldwide.

What is at stake, however, is not only the issue of “Privacy”. The online search engines also constitute an instrument of online media censorship.  

Google has introduced algorithms intended to downgrade independent and alternative media. In this regard, the Guardian reported (December 2016) on “How Google’s search algorithm spreads false information with a rightwing bias. 

Independent online media is targeted. Freedom of Expression on internet based news outlets is being routinely shunted by Google:


New data compiled by the World Socialist Web Site, with the assistance of other Internet-based news outlets and search technology experts, proves that a massive loss of readership observed by socialist, anti-war and progressive web sites over the past three months has been caused by a cumulative 45 percent decrease in traffic from Google

Below are excerpts of the CBS News 2011 article, to read the entire article click here:


The World’s Largest Database on Individuals

One of the main threats to privacy comes from advertisers, who want to track everything consumers do on the web and scrape their online accounts for personal information. It shouldn’t be surprising, therefore, to learn that the CIA and the worlds largest ad agency network, WPP (WPPGY), have been in bed together on a social media data-mining venture since at least January 2009.



Related: Twitter Caught Censoring Drudge Report Again

WPP currently claims to own the world’s largest database of unique individual profiles - including demographic, financial, purchase and geographic histories. WPP’s Visible Technologies unit took an investment from In-Q-Tel in fall of 2009. Visible Technologies develops tools that can scan social media networks such as Twitter and Facebook. …



Google and CIA: Old Friends 

Are you seeing a trend yet? Google (GOOG) has been a partner with the CIA since 2004 when the company bought Keyhole, a mapping technology business that eventually became Google Earth. In 2010, Google and In-Q-Tel made a joint investment on a company called Recorded Future, which has the Minority Report-style goal of creating a “temporal analytics engine” that scours the web and creates curves that predict where events may head.

Google is already helping the government write, and rewrite, history. Here, from its transparency report, are some stats on the amount of information it has either given to the government or wiped from the web based on requests by U.S. agencies:

4,601 requests from U.S. government agencies for “user data

Google complied with government requests for user data 94% of the time.

1,421 requests for “content removal

Google complied with content removal requests 87% of the time.

15 requests were from “executive, police etc.”

1 was a national security request.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Twelve Signs Your Vibrations Are Getting Lower
September 4 2017 | From: RiseEarth

Vibration is the energy that we emanate through space. It is a life force that flows through our entire body and dictates the flow of our life. It determines the events and people that we attract in our lives.



This vibration fluctuates in the way we handle ourselves and life experiences. One day it’s higher, the next it’s lower. It is through this normalcy that we handle the rhythm of our lives.

Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

But when our vibration lowers for an extended period of time, we must become wary. Sometimes we might need to make an effort to raise our vibrations if we sense that they are low much longer than usual.

However, awareness of your vibrations is hard because they dictate the way you perceive things.

The effects of lower vibration would make us tired, physically ill, and we tend to lose touch with our soul and heart wisdom, leading to chaos and misalignment with our life purpose.

That’s why we will give you 12 signs you can look out for that tell your vibes are getting denser.

As Eckhart Tolle said:


"The primary cause of happiness is never the situation but your thoughts about it.”


Twelve Signs of Lower Vibrations


As today’s lifestyle supports lower vibration, we must be consciously aware when it comes. Many things may cause us to lower our vibrations. The following are the most prevalent:


1. Dwelling on Regrets

If we put everything into perspective, we come to realize that we are not the ideal person we thought we could be. There are certain aspects in us that need attention for growth and improvement.

Every flaw we have is there for a specific purpose. Thus, it’s important that we embrace our darkness because from there our creativity flows.



Related: 6 Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

Regrets define you based on what you’ve done or didn’t do in the past. Instead of locking your potential with regrets, get back to the now where you have the power to make a change. Higher vibration enables you to grow in the present and become a better person.


2. Having Others to Blame for Our Problems

Every person that comes to us and every circumstance that happens is there to give us lessons. They are there to help us advance to our higher purpose.

When we can’t perceive things this way, we tend to blame others. Instead of accepting full responsibility for ourselves and our life we point fingers. But we don’t realize that this takes our power away.

Lower vibrations tend to limit your perspective and take away the power and control you have over your life. They don’t really take it away, but fool you that someone or something else is responsible for your life. Take full responsibility and you will take back control.


3. Falling Into the Trap of Victim Mentality

Alan Watts said that we only have two choices: either we define our self as the victim of the world, or we are the world.

When something in our inner world is out of balance, it reflects in our outer world. We end up having bad relationships, bad careers, or simply just mess up our lives.

We think there is something wrong with the world. It is so cruel as not to give us the happiness we need. Yet when we come to understand the root cause of our suffering it’s always something in our Inner World. By working on our inner healing and balance, we come to grips with how we are shaping our reality.


4. Being Judgmental to Others

Ernest Holmes nailed it: “Life is a mirror and will reflect back to the thinker what he thinks into it.”



Related: Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude

This is one of life’s greatest ironies: what we judge in others, we have in ourselves. And that thing is what we hate the most in us.

By judging others, we are pointing at our own shadows without even knowing. What we detest in us, we detest in others. This is so because of our deep need for healing. A person who accepts its own shadows accepts the shadows he sees in others.


5. Wanting to Be Always Right


The issues of insecurity push us the need to be always right. By finding others to be wrong, we are showing dominance, thinking we find strength and security by boosting our egos. We avoid being wrong because it will make us feel insecure, weak, and fearful.

Once we break this “I versus you” thinking and come to accept our vulnerabilities, inner peace is achievable.

Lower vibrations crave security to an extent that people would rather live in a constructive and fabricated illusion where they feel a sense of safety rather than accept the uncertain nature of reality.


6. Living in Fear

Fear cripples us to make the right decisions and right actions. It is caused by the misguided action known as “karma.”

Every day we make decisions out of fear-based motivations. We avoid opportunities out of fear. But if we accept its presence and see it in its entirety, it will let us go. This is possible when we open our hearts to love. As is the famous adage, “Perfect love casts out fear.”



Related: Overcoming The Fear Of Intimacy: A Helpful Advice For The Wounded Heart

Fear exists to remind us that there might be a potential danger. However, if instead of using fear we become its slave it will slowly start to lower our vibrations until we show courage.


7. Amassing Things We Don’t Need

All those extra stuff hurt not only our pockets but also our eyes. The media and consumerism of our time keep urging us to buy stuff we don’t need, which we later throw away after we have consumed the desire to buy.

In reality, what makes us happy and contented are not material things. It’s life experiences. So, instead of giving onto a fad that will last only for a few months or years, it might be worth considering to trade that for experiences that could give us lasting memories.

Seeing yourself getting more and more things that you don’t need is a sure sign that your vibrations are starting to get lower.


8. Wallowing in Guilt

Sometimes guilt is an emotional blackmail that we use against ourselves. We don’t do certain things because it would make others sad or makes us appear bad.

Why allow ourselves to suffer when there’s no need to come up to other people’s standards? There are no wrongs and no rights. At times, what can make us good won’t make others happy. Or, it could be the other way around.

We need both the dark and light, yin and yang. The key is balance. As long as we do things rightly, there’s no need to feel guilty. Same as fear, guilt exists to remind you where you go against your morals. However, living in guilt is wasting its main purpose, learning from it and becoming a better person in your own eyes.


9. Surrendering to Limiting Beliefs

The sky’s not the limit, your mind and belief system is. Most of the limits you have are constructive and healthy. However, there are limits that prevent you from living your full potential.



Related: Removing The Blindfold Of Dogmatic Belief

We don’t create these limiting beliefs. They are stuffed into our heads by our family, culture, environment, and others while we were yet too small to think it over. While growing up, we adopt these beliefs as our own and continue our journey into adulthood with many parts of other people’s mindset.

But now that we’re grown up, it’s time to challenge these beliefs. By believing that everything is possible, everything that really is possible will be.


10. Worrying Too Much

Worry thrives in the kingdom of doubt. Lacking trust in oneself is lacking trust in the world.

We worry because we don’t trust ourselves enough. We’re afraid that things would come to worst because we assume we can’t handle it, should it happen.

When we let go of the need to control everything else, we gain control of what we really can, ourselves. We start to trust our self and allow the unconscious desires to steer us to the right path.


11. Resisting Change

Change is constant. When we resist it, we resist growth. We must learn to be open to all possibilities because clinging to the old will prevent us to bigger opportunities the new brings.



Related: Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

No one knows nor perceives what the future brings. With open-mindedness, we must learn how to love without attachments, live without expectations and perceive without judgments. It’s the only way to happiness.

When we have lower vibrations we look for security and change scares us. However, realizing that everything changes all the time we see that we always handle change only that we aren’t aware of that. We don’t need to prevent change for safety, we create safety.


12. Entrusting Our Life to Others

Our path is our own. No one can design it nor change it for us. We have to take the road, regardless.

As long as we are open to introspection, we will do well. Most of all, we must know our self. We are our own responsibility. Our happiness, our life, our choices, all of that is our own responsibility.

“Happiness is an inside job, don’t assign anyone else that much power over your life” - Mandy Hale



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Ardern Effect: A Disturbance In The Force & Jacinda Ardern And Labour: The Truth Exposed
September 3 2017 | From: Uncensored / VinnyEastwood

Not so long ago in a galaxy not very far away... A planet divided: Two factions battle for control: The Republic Alliance and the Democratic Independant Union. But behind the scenes, a dark power is manipulating both sides to instigate an all-powerful New World Order.



Readers familiar with my blogs will know of my fondness for comparing science fiction plots to real-world politics and conspiracies, so I was amused to see that New Zealand Labour Party’s new leader, the charismatic and much-hyped Jacinda Ardern, has now been compared to Star Wars character Princess Leia, in association with the phrase “A New Hope.”

Related: Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour

Not so long ago in a city, far, far away, Sam Sharpe held a sign different from all others. That sign – a stencil picture of Jacinda Ardern as Princess Leia – was spotted among the hundreds of supporters who gathered to hear the Labour leader speak in Dunedin on Friday.





Ardern called out Sharpe’s name, thanked him for his artwork, and later posed for a photo with the artist.

Ardern, who was shown the Princess Leia ‘A New Hope picture’ before her Dunedin visit, said the work was “pretty flattering”.

It wasn’t the first time she had come across Sharpe’s work, with Ardern owning a stencil piece of Michael Joseph Savage.

“When she does her interviews it is always there behind her,” Sharpe said. Sales of the Ardern prints had “gone bananas” and he was fielding sales request from all over the country.

The Princess Leia piece was easily his most popular artwork.

So something becomes clear from the details.

Jacinda Arden was already familiar with the work of this artist, and the placard in question has made a somewhat contrived and pre planned appearance.

I’ve even noticed that Arden appears to be wearing a white robe in her new bill boards!

But the Star Wars comparisons, as I hinted in the intro to this article, run deeper.




Jacinda Ardern & Labour: The Truth Exposed








The Star Wars galaxy is initially controlled by two forces: the Republic and the Trade Federation.

But a crafty senator is manipulating these powers to his own ends, instigating The Empire, which is opposed by  group of rebels known as the Alliance, who wish to re-instate the Old Republic.

Republic... Alliance? And does not the Trade Federation evoke comparisons to the DIU and their TPPA?

Here’s George Lucas’s own explanation of the meaning of Star Wars:




“People who don’t play by the rules…”



Related Articles:

GCSB Blocking Political Opposition Websites - Andrew Hampton Treason

Princess Leia, Wonder Woman and... Jacinda Ardern

Blue Vs. Red: NZ Opposition Accused Of Trying To “Bring Down” Australian Government!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once you Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change
September 3 2017 | From: JulietTang / RiseEarth

More and more of us are awakening to our true spiritual nature every day.




In addition to some of the common and uncommon “awakening symptoms,” teary struggles and glorious “aha” moments we experience (to read more about the awakening steps, refer to my article I Woke Up, Now What? Post Awakening Thrive Guide – 9 Steps to Embrace the Path of Light), our interactions with the world can get even trickier when we are surrounded by those who are still deep asleep. 

Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?


Allow the Solitude

A period of solitude usually accompanies the process of awakening, and that is because awakening is a journey into the deepest parts of our psyches that can only be taken alone.

Solitude does not necessarily mean making the sudden decision of leaving our lives behind, selling all our belongings and finding a desolate mountaintop to meditate on.

Rather, it usually shows up as wanting to socialize less or shift the way we relate to others, take more time for ourselves to connect with our energy, as well as contemplate on our emotional states, thoughts, the meaning of life and what truly matters to us.



Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

Loneliness usually accompanies this period of solitude though some rejoice over the feeling of being alone with who they are for what seems like the first time in their lives.

As always, there is no right or wrong way to feel and the most important thing to do is to honor how you feel. If going out on a Saturday night drinking with your friends doesn’t feel like your thing anymore, choose what feels good and nurturing to you.


“Know that whether you are feeling like no one in the whole wide world understands who you are and what are you going through, or you are enjoying the embodiment of your inner hermit, these feelings most likely are in the process of morphing into the next grand step of your journey.

For now, embrace where you are and what life has gifted you.”


Don't be a Snob, It’s Still a Dream

The snob syndrome is quite common during the awakening process. This is when everything - both the positive and the negative aspects of our existence that we used to take for granted suddenly takes on a new meaning, and the concept of duality becomes intensified and magnified in our experiences.

Among everything that feels magnificent and exciting, so much in this world also feels wrong and chaotic! At times, it seems our loved ones are contributing to the “wrongs” in the world.

We cringe when they make decisions we deem unspiritual, we judge them when we see them commit acts we identify as unconscious, and we attempt to run away from them when they are in a bad mood so we don’t get pulled into their “bad” vibration. 

My own snob syndrome consisted of trying to convince everyone to read the same books that helped with my awakening, as well as preaching spirituality to anyone who was willing, or unwilling to listen as if I was on the crusade.



Related: The Masses Are Awakening

I’ve also witnessed awakening individuals obsessively going after the feeling of “being in 5-D” and calling everyone else out on their misalignment, or bypassing working through emotions they believe to be low frequency by using the concept of love and oneness as an excuse to not feel. 

In the end, this is all part of our growth. So if you are committing your own snob syndrome, know that everything you are going through is leading to your greater evolution.

After my own snob period, I slowly realized whether we are awakened, or un-awakened, the bigger picture is that this is still a dream state. In the end, we are all Consciousness co-creating a grand dream, and the only reason why we chose to forget this at birth is so we can dream convincingly and have fun along the way. 


“Being awakened does not make anyone better, wiser, or more special; it is not a badge to be worn or an authoritative place to be in.

Rather, it is just another part of the active dreaming process and instead of getting fixated on it, or feeling it is anyone’s job to tell others how to dream better, treat it with lightness and humor.”

Approach every event and interaction with curiosity knowing our external reality is but a projection of our own consciousness, and if something external triggers us, simply ask, “What is inside me that is reacting to this, and how is this helping me decide who I am and who I want to be?”


Set Your Boundaries and Stay Empowered

While some experience the snob syndrome, others, especially those who have past boundary issues find it even more difficult to set boundaries feeling they are betraying the oneness principle.



Related: Are You Awake? Or Just Informed


“While it is very true that there is no separation between anyone or anything, and in the ultimate reality, there is only One, we did each choose to come here with the illusion of separation to experience one unique aspect of the divine.

In that sense, until we learn true self-expression, love and authenticity by committing ourselves to thoughts, words and actions that honor our truths, we are not fully fulfilling our life purpose to be who we are.”

While it is important for us to never judge others, it is equally essential for us to take care of our needs, say no when we mean no, set our boundaries and make choices that are conscious and empowering.

Passivity or avoidance of confrontation in the name of universal love is an indication of lack of self-love; likewise, engaging in compromising and self-sacrificing activities fearing how others may feel is not the expression of authenticity. 


Embrace Being Human with Consciousness

For the longest time, I was in a somewhat detached phase that made me feel like an outsider who was observing the motions of all the happenings around me without intense emotional involvement.

There is nothing wrong with being in that place of stillness though one day, I decided I wanted to be more human again since that was the only reason why I took on this body to begin with! 

The universe granted my decision with a bunch of ups and downs, intense emotions and even some drama here and there .

The difference with experiencing what we call difficulties in life after an awakening is that if we desire to, we can choose to experience everything from both the human self, and the conscious True Self.



Related: Manifesto Of The Awakened

In that sense, though we may be feeling anger, frustration and even hopelessness, there is always a higher perspective within in which our True Self is experiencing these events very differently and without any duality. 

For instance, whilst the mind is condemning lack and figuring out how to attract abundance, the True Self could very much be revering at this chance of knowing ourselves as abundance and expansion. As the mind is craving for love and approval, the True Self could be coming from the perspective of wanting to use this opportunity for us to go inward and remember our unconditional worth.


“As difficult as it is for the human mind to conceive, from the perspective of the True Self, EVERYTHING in life is a manifestation of divine love and every experience serves the purpose of creation and expansion for us to know our True Infinite Being .”

Finding the balance between the two perspectives can be tricky in the beginning, but once we do, it can make embracing the human aspect of living more fun and effortless because for as long as we choose to stay conscious, we know there is no need to take anything in life so seriously since we are all Gods dreaming ourselves being human in a simulated reality.

If we knew at the core we are intelligent Source Energy that is eternal, infinite and ever-evolving, why not do whatever we can to make the most of this dream?

Perhaps this means we can allow ourselves to embrace being human more and inhale all its delights by forgiving, laughing, loving and having fun more often, doing what makes our hearts sing, seeing the light in every negative situation and relationship, taking more leaps of faith, going on more adventures and enjoying that occasional ice cream or cookie without the guilt! 



Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith

On the soul level, there is truly no difference between an awakened and un-awakened being. If one’s passion and choice is to assist in the world’s awakening and empower humanity, that calling is not superior, or inferior to another soul’s mission of wanting to live a simple and un-awakened life in a remote village as a fisherman.

While we may never know why another soul chose a certain path and what it is looking to experience and co-create, and therefore can never judge anyone else's path, we are here to experience all of it in this dream called life. In the eyes of the Divine True Self, all is beautiful. All is well. All is expansion.


Related Articles:

How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

So You’ve Woken Up… Now What?

Terrifying Global Events: Triggers For Mass Awakening?

Reclaiming The Earth: Steps Towards A Collective Awakening - Max Igan





Once you Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Confucius (September 28, 551 BC – 479 BC) was one of the most significant philosophers in the Chinese history. His theories had a great impact on the society and much of what he said is still significant today.



His philosophies were related to personal and governmental morality, correctness of social relationships, justice etc.

Related: 6 Lessons You Must Learn To Find Contentment In Life & A Nice Little Stroll Could Be The Key To Your Good Mood

Listed below are some lessons that we can learn from Confucius:


1. Keep Moving


Consistency is a lot harder to achieve in life than we think. According to Confucius, we should keep moving on the right path till the time we reach our destination. We should not give up in life because you will eventually attain your goals/dreams as you keep on persisting. It’s not carved in stone when you will make it, but eventually you will.


2. Keep Your Company Well

Take care of who you surround yourself with. Your companions matter as they will influence many things in and about your life. Make sure that you have the right friends who care for you and you for them. A healthy and positive social circle is extremely crucial for our development as well as happiness.



As Jim Rohn states it: “You’re the average of the five people you spend the most time with.”


3. Good Things Take Time


Patience is a virtue and we have heard this quite a lot. Good things take time to happen and we should be patient enough to let things happen on their own. Do not succumb to the temptations of negativity. Negative thinking will get you nowhere except to the land of anxiety and stress.


4. “To be Wronged is Nothing Unless You Continue to Remember it.”


Everyone has suffered setbacks and heartbreaks in the past. There is no one who hasn’t been deceived in life. But it is essential to let those experiences impart wisdom to you rather than guide your present life. You cannot keep remembering the evils done to you because that will make you stuck in time.

Move forward with new goals and ambitions.


5. “When Anger Rises, Think of the Consequences.”

We don’t generally think about the consequences that’ll follow our actions. But Confucius highlights the importance of thinking about the consequences especially when one is angry. Anger can make us do terrible things which we will regret later in life. Take a step back whenever you are angry. Think of a measured response.



Related: 6 Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

Remember “The tongue like a sharp knife, kills without drawing blood.”


6. Adjustments are Necessary

Life does not follow a linear trajectory. Confucius said that if we can’t seem to attain our goals then we should not change our goals but change our plan of action. Adjustments in life are necessary and we can’t escape it. It’s better to pursue than to give up on our dreams. If you don’t adjust, especially in the world today that is changing every hour, you will surely work to attain failure.


7. Everyone Teaches You Something

Confucius said, “If I am walking with two other men, each of them will serve as my teacher. I will pick out the good points of the one and imitate them and bad points of the other and correct them in myself”.


8. All or None

“Wherever you go, go with all your heart” said Confucius in relation to achieving your goals.



You have to give it all, or else leave entirely.


9. Sharpen Your Tools


One cannot achieve anything with inadequate means. Just like a mechanic sharpens his tools before setting to work, similarly we need to sharpen our skills in order to achieve our great goals in life.

We have to constantly improve ourselves so that we do not become complacent or arrogant. Don’t try to take a shortcut!


Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Explosive 'Conspiracy Theories' Confirmed By Whistleblower Shatter Matrix And Prove Something Is Very Wrong In America
September 2 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline

With Globalists Dark Agenda Now Public, They're Unleashing The Full Fury Of Their Satanic Plans For America. Comment: And If Anyone Believes This Stops With The US - They Are Woefully Ignorant.




While back on November 8th of 2016, a hugely 'awakened' America voted for 'change' and 'America 1st' by electing Donald Trump as President, as tens of millions of Americans have found out since then as was perfectly described in the words of Steve Bannon, the "Trump presidency we voted for is over".

Related: AIPAC 101: What Every American Should Know - How Zionists Bribe & Blackmail Most Members of Congress

And while President Trump is still in office and fighting for America, his agenda has been stifled with a very real coup attempt taking place before our eyes being carried out by the same 'political entity' that lost the election, a 'beast' with tentacles stretching back many, many years in Washington DC and around the world.  

With the never-ending attacks upon President Trump and his America-1st agenda being carried out by not only the political establishment, both left and right, but the 'media establishment' as well, we take a look within this story at numerous bombshell conspiracy theories that have now been confirmed with the attempted 'take down' of this presidency. 



Related: Someone Just Noticed That Trump Is Getting Stuff Done + By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days – Promises Kept And Records Broken

We also break down the 2nd video below from this new story from Dane Wigington over at his Geoengineering Watch Blog within which we hear from a former CIA employee, whistleblower Kevin Shipp, who quite literally has put his life on the line to expose the shadow government.

Shipp explains for us the pertinent differences between the 'shadow government' and the 'deep state' and helps us to understand why, despite Trump being in office, very little has changed in America and in fact, the globalist agenda has accelerated.  

In the first video below we hear from Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog guest Steve Quayle that it's become completely clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil and as we see outlined within this story, if we don't stand up strongly to help awaken the masses to truth, we may soon witness the total overthrow of all we hold dear in America.    



Related: Brave Congressman Explains How US Keeps Afghan Heroin Trade Alive at Your Expense

As Shipp tells us, most Americans get the feeling that something isn't quite right with our government and as he confirms for us, the two very separate entities 'shadow govt' and 'deep state' have been controlling our elected government in Washington DC for quite some time, functioning secretly and outside of the US Constitution. "We are a Constitutional government that has been superseeded...we are now in a 'post-Constitutional government'.

Shipp reminds us that proof of that comes to us from the fact that if we were still living in a Constitutional Republic, everyone in Washington DC who has been desecrating the US Constitution, creating laws that make it null and void, would be locked away for many years for committing felonies against the American people yet there they sit in their high places, further ripping down America and getting paid very well to destroy it.

The enemies of America within. 

As we learn in Wigington's video from Shipp as most ANP and independent news readers know, America under Barack Obama and the Clinton and Bush administrations took huge strides towards tyranny.

And while the election of President Trump clearly threw a monkey wrench in the plans of those who've long been working to take down America, their agenda has been kicked into overdrive as perfectly exemplified in the takedowns of long-standing war monuments which are now being called symbols of hatred despite simply being memories of a history we hope we never revisit yet are being pushed towards right now by the msm.



Related: Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public

Shipp confirms that what we're witnessing is very real - the dark agendas of the global power structure, carried out criminally and against the US Constitution by 'globalist enemies of America within', have taken precedent over President Trump's agenda, proving to us what has been long warned of, the 'America' we grew up in is gone.

Shipp explains for us the difference between the 'shadow government', which he says includes the CIA, the NSA and many of the other 'alphabet soup agencies' and is run by fear and intimidation, and the 'deep state', which he says is run by power, money and greed and includes the military industrial complex and is 'below' the 'shadow government' but functions within the same matrix.

Intimately connected and manipulating our 'government' behind the scenes
, Shipp warns us that if the government violates the Constitution, they have committed a felony yet they do so over and over and over again with no fear of reprisal, helping to prove that America already exists under 'tyranny'. 

As we learn, with the globalists long-held plans to take down America kicked into overdrive proving yet another 'conspiracy theory' as true, tremendous dangers lay ahead for all Americans if we allow them to complete the destruction of our nation. From Wigington


"Kevin Shipp (author of "From The Company Of Shadows") was a decorated CIA officer who refused to look the other way in regard to government criminality and cover-up.

At a very important public awareness event, held by GeoengineeringWatch.org in Northern California, on July 28th, 2017, Mr. Shipp presented a shocking and compelling presentation on numerous, horrific and ongoing government crimes.

The total persecution of anyone who dares to tell the truth about rampant government tyranny is also fully exposed. The paradigm we have all known has been built on deception and the dark agendas of the global power structure.

The courage Kevin Shipp has shown by doing his best to expose government criminality and tyranny serves as a stellar example to us all.


We desperately need other individuals in government agencies and the US military to follow Kevin's lead. All of us are essential in the battle to help wake the masses to the truth so that the whistleblowers have the support they need to come forward.

If we have any chance of stopping the completely out of control criminal cabal that currently runs our country and much of the world, we must all make our voices heard, we must all join the fight for the greater good."

With this new story over at Zero Hedge reporting that Sears death spiral is accelerating just the latest piece of the 'retail collapse puzzle' showing America falling apart at the seams, we hope that everybody is prepared for the dangers ahead as we expect even more efforts to destroy America being made as the globalists dark agenda is now out in the open, they no longer need to move slowly and stealthfully but can unleash the full fury of their satanic plans for America

As Steve Quayle recently mentioned in this new story over at Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog, we are now witnessing the attempted overthrow of America and our legally elected government by a conglomerate of deep state and shadow government, Hillary Clinton-supporting losers whose long held agenda to take down the United States and bring us under the control of a satanic, dictatorial global govt is moving closer to completion every day. 



Related: Congress Quietly Passed A Bill Allowing Warrantless Searches of Homes - Only 1% Opposed It

With a 'takedown' of President Trump providing us with absolute proof that America is simply another low-lying fruit in an increasingly tyrannical global dictatorship, is there any way that America can take back our country from the globalists dark agenda that has been working to take down our nation for many, many years?

In the 1st video below we hear from Steve Quayle along with Greg Hunter that it has never been more clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil. We'll close with this excerpt from USA Watchdog as heard in the 1st video below:  


“You have to understand, we are not just facing turmoil, we are facing the dedicated and very well positioned and financed overthrow of the United States government by former federal officers and by those in the military. I want to read the 13th rule of Saul Alinsky’s “Rules for Radicals.”

They are doing this to President Trump. It’s character assassination. This is what people have to understand.

The 13th rule is what Hillary Clinton, the Marxists and what all of the Obama Administration believe in, and they are following this blueprint. Saul Alinsky dedicated his book “Rules for Radicals” to Lucifer. He said at least he got his own kingdom. . . .


So, here it is:

‘Pick the target (President Trump). Freeze it. Personalize it. Polarize it.

Cut out the support network, and isolate the target from sympathy. Go after the people and any of the support, any of the institutions that support him.’

The point being is that is what we are watching. And this is the killer statement: ‘People hurt faster than institutions.’ The fact that these monsters, and that’s what they are, these media monsters, those mongrels from hell . . . going after the President’s son and going after his wife. . . .

I am concerned with the treason, the treachery and total assault upon the military. When you see these people turning their backs on the President, former NSA, CIA, DIA, military commanders . . . kick their sorry butts out.

I would also say this to anybody that has political clout. Call President Trump and tell him to bring back the commanders that Obama fired. Then, fire the ones that are there now.”


Steve Quayle – America in Spiritual War Between Good and Evil






CIA Agent Whistleblower Risks All To Expose The Shadow Government






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig
September 2 2017 | From: JonRappoport

To give you an idea of the deception inherent in socialism, here is a quote from none other than Andrew Carnegie, once one of the richest men in America:




“I believe Socialism is the grandest theory ever presented, and I am sure it will someday rule the world. Then we will have attained the Millennium…Then men will be content to work for the general welfare and share their riches with their neighbors.” (The New York Times, 1 January 1885, “A Millionaire Socialist”)

Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Carnegie, of course, like several of his ultra-rich compatriots, devised a method to give away his riches while keeping them: the non-profit foundation.

The last thing on Carnegie’s bloated mind was becoming “equal” with the great unwashed.

He was a liar of the first order. He recognized that, when you win the game of free enterprise, your most corrupt bet is to turn around and find every possible way to block others from winning. Then, you stand at the top of the heap, unchallenged.

That is exactly what he had in mind. That’s what socialism actually meant to him.

Let’s see socialism for what it is. Not in the abstract, but in reality.


Socialism is:

The taking of money (taxes) from some people who work for it and giving it to others who don’t work for it. On a grand scale.

The vast expansion of freebies doled out by central government. In order to create and sustain dependence.

The government protection of favored persons and corporations, permitting them and aiding them to expand their fortunes without limit, regardless of what crimes they commit in the process. (Monsanto would be a fine example.)

The squeezing out of those who would compete with the favored persons and corporations.

The dictatorship by and for the very wealthy, pretending to be the servant of the masses.

The lie that the dictatorship is being run by the masses.

The gradual lowering of the standard of living for the overwhelming number of people.

The propaganda claiming socialism is the path to a better world for all.

In other words, socialism is a protection racket and a long con and a heartless system of elite control, posing as the greatest good.

Except in the specifics of its updated lies, it is just another form of top-down tyranny - as old as the hills.

A year or two ago, a person living in Europe told me that the European Union was not a problem, because it was just another layer of socialism placed over the existing socialist governments of European nations, and no one really noticed the existence of the EU.

As if blindness were a reason not to worry. As you can see from the elements of socialism I’ve listed above, America is moving more and more into the socialist orbit.

Protesting that America is, instead, a system of greed and inequality is merely saying that the central government is protecting certain corporations and favored persons.



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

The real and true definition of socialism accounts for that favoritism and protection.

SOCIALISM WAS NEVER ABOUT UNIVERSAL EQUALITY AND UNIVERSAL SHARING.

THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS UNIVERSAL AND COMPLETE EQUALITY AND SHARING, ONLY A FAKE VERSION DICTATED FROM ABOVE.

Socialism is, in the minds of most people who advocate it, a vague sentiment about people being kinder to each other. Consider this fatuous and ludicrous statement, uttered by the mob boss of bosses of the Soviet Union, Nikita Khrushchev, in 1961:


“The socialist economy has become so strong, so vigorous that from the summits we have reached we can issue an open challenge of peaceful economic competition to the most powerful capitalist country - the United States of America.”

Here is a correct translation:


“Bankrolled and given vital technology by a few elites from the West, our vast society of socialist slave workers is now able to engage in capitalist competition with America.”

The raving of a madman.Today’s youth who push and protest and riot and censor, on behalf of socialism, are working for the ultra-rich whom they despise.

That’s the long and short of “the glorious revolution.”



Related: Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today (including a miniature Rockefeller named George Soros) have engaged the young as foot soldiers, and they know the young are willing dupes for socialism, because they created, for the young, an education system that makes them clueless and mindless.

The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today are saying:


“Bring on the new world, the better world, the more just world, the happier world - whatever you want to call it - so we can run it from the top and show you what we really think of you. Make every conceivable lever of power ours, and then we’ll reveal what we really have planned for you.”

Here is a relevant backgrounder I recently wrote about private property:


Once private property is abolished, the socialist crime bosses win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all.

They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.

Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.

For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean, “We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”

Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.

In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean, “I, an elite banker, will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”

But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.

Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.

In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property. This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.

As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second.

The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?

Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of peaceful tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.

In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics.

Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.



Related:
Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?

In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.

To which the addled mind replies: “But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”

Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped. The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the protected and favored offender.

Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people. Surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.

Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity.

If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.



Related: Socialism: opiate of the masses

The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.

Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody.

Power to the people.

Any alert mind blows apart this delusional nightmare in a minute.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“Negative Hallucination” Hypnosis Experiment Demonstration Video
& The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism

September 1 2017 | From: NaturalNews / PaulCraigRoberts

In this mind-boggling short video, you can experiment firsthand how the mainstream media puts America under the SPELL of mass hypnosis, using a psychological phenomenon known as “negative hallucination.”




I covered this in great detail in this Natural News article that provides visual examples of both positive and negative hallucinations now in full effect across the American masses.

Related: Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

Watch the video and follow the instructions. In mere seconds, your mind will be controlled via “negative hallucination,” and you won’t believe how easily you have been manipulated.

This video is based on the psychology research of Daniel J. Simons, whose YouTube channel is found at this link. Once you become familiar with this research and how it works, you will begin to see through the lies of the mainstream media while understanding exactly how your perceptions, thoughts and beliefs are being expertly manipulated - even “engineered” - by the media narrative puppet masters.

Watch the video yourself and prepare to be amazed:






The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism

In the West, facts, an important element of truth, are not important. They are not important in the media, politics, universities, historical explanations, or the courtroom.



Non-factual explanations of the collapse of three World Trade Center buildings are served up as the official explanation. Facts have been politicized, emotionalized, weaponized and simply ignored. As David Irving has shown, Anglo-American histories of World War 2 are, for the most part, feel-good histories, as are “civil war” histories as Thomas DiLorenzo and others have demonstrated. Of course, they are feel good only for the victors. Their emotional purpose means that inconvenient facts are unpalatable and ignored.

Writing the truth is no way to succeed as an author. Only a small percentage of readers are interested in the truth. Most want their biases or brainwashing vindicated. They want to read what they already believe. It is comforting, reassuring. When their ignorance is confronted, they become angry.

The way to be successful as a writer is to pick a group and give them what they want. There is always a market for romance novels and for histories that uphold a country’s myths.

On the Internet successful sites are those that play to one ideology or another, to one emotion or the other, or to one interest group or another.

The single rule for success is to confine truth to what the readership group you serve believes.

Karl Marx said that there were only class truths.

Today we have a large variety of truths: truths for feminists, truths for blacks, Muslims, Hispanics, homosexuals, transgendered, truths for the foreign policy community that serves the military/security complex, truths for the neocons, truths for the One Percent that control the economy and the economists who serve them, truths for “white supremacists,” itself a truth term for their opponents.

You can add to the list. The “truth” in these “truths” is that they are self-serving of the group that expresses them. Their actual relation to truth is of no consequence to those espousing the “truths.”

Woe to you if you don’t go along with someone’s or some group’s truth. Not even famous film-maker Oliver Stone is immune. Recently, Stone expressed his frustration with the “False Flag War Against Russia.”



Related: Oliver Stone: 'I'm Angry' with 'False Flag War Against Russia'

Little doubt that Stone is frustrated with taunts and accusations from completely ignorant media talking heads in response to his documentary, Putin, based on many hours of interviews over two years. Stone came under fire, because instead of demonizing Putin and Russia, thus confirming the official story, he showed us glimpses of the truth.

The organization, Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity, published a report that completely destroyed the false accusations about Trump/Russian hacking of the US presidential election.

The Nation
published an objective article about the report and was assaulted by writers, contributors, and readers for publishing information that weakens the case, which the liberal/progressive/left in conjunction with the military/security complex, is orchestrating against Trump.

The magazine’s audience felt that the magazine had an obligation not to truth but to getting Trump out of office. Reportedly, the editor is considering whether to recall the article.

So here we have left-leaning Oliver Stone and leftwing magazine, The Nation, under fire for making information available that is out of step with the self-serving “truth” to which the liberal/progressive/left and their ally, the military/security complex, are committed.

When a country has a population among whom there are no truths except group-specific truths, the country is so divided as to be over and done with. “A house divided against itself cannot stand.” The white liberal/progressive/left leaders of divisive Identity Politics have little, if any, comprehension of where the movement they think they lead is headed.

At the moment the hate is focused on the “alt-right,” which has become “white nationalists,” which has become “white supremacists.” These “white supremacists” have become epitomized by statues of Confederate soldiers and generals.

All over the South, if local governments are not removing the statues, violent crazed thugs consumed by hate attempt to destroy them. In New Orleans someone with money bused in thugs from outside flying banners that apparently are derived from a communist flag to confront locals protesting the departure of their history down the Orwellian Memory Hole.

What happens when all the monuments are gone? Where does the hate turn next? Once non-whites are taught to hate whites, not even self-hating whites are safe. How do those taught hate tell a good white from a bad white? They can’t and they won’t.

By definition by Identity Politics, whites, for now white heterosexual males, are the victimizers and everyone else is their victim. The absurdity of this concept is apparent, yet the concept is unshaken by its absurdity. White heterosexual males are the only ones without the privilege of quotas.



They and only they can be put at the back of the bus for university admissions, employment, promotion, and only their speech is regulated. They, and only they, can be fired for using “gender specific terms,” for using race specific terms, for unknowingly offending some preferred group member by using a word that is no longer permissible.

They can be called every name in the book, beginning with racist, misogynist, and escalating, and no one is punished for the offense.

Recently, a professor in the business school of a major university told me that he used the word, girls, in a marketing discussion. A young womyn was offended. The result was he received a dressing down from the dean. Another professor told me that at his university there was a growing list of blacklisted words.

It wasn’t clear whether the list was official or unofficial, simply professors trying to stay up with Identity Politics and avoid words that could lead to their dismissal. Power, they tell me, is elsewhere than in the white male, the true victimized class.

For years commentators have recognized the shrinking arena of free speech in the United States. Any speech that offends anyone but a white male can be curtailed by punishment. Recently, John Whitehead, constitutional attorney who heads the Rutherford Institute, wrote that it is now dangerous just to defend free speech.



Reference to the First Amendment suffices to bring denunciation and threats of violence. Ron Unz notes that any website that can be demonized as “controversial” can find itself disappeared by Internet companies and PayPal. They simply terminate free speech by cutting off service.

It must be difficult to teach some subjects, such as the “civil war” for example. How would it be possible to describe the actual facts? For example, for decades prior to the Union’s invasion of the Confederacy North/South political conflict was over tariffs, not over slavery.

The fight over which new states created from former “Indian” territories would be “slave” and which “free” was a fight over keeping the protectionist (North) vs. free trade (South) balance in Congress equal so that the budding industrial north could not impose a tariff regime.

Two days before Lincoln’s inaugural address, a stiff tariff was signed into law. That same day in an effort to have the South accept the tariff and remain in or return to the Union - some southern states had seceded, some had not - Congress passed the Corwin amendment that provided constitutional protection to slavery. The amendment prohibited the federal government from abolishing slavery.

Two days later in his inaugural address, which seems to be aimed at the South, Lincoln said:


“I have no purpose, directly or indirectly, to interfere with the institution of slavery in the States where it exists. I believe I have no lawful right to do so, and I have no inclination to do so.”

Lincoln’s beef with the South was not over slavery or the Fugitive Slave Act. Lincoln did not accept the secessions and still intended to collect the tariff that now was law. Under the Constitution slavery was up to the states, but the Constitution gave the federal government to right to levy a tariff.

Lincoln said that “there needs to be no bloodshed or violence” over collecting the tariff. Lincoln said he will use the government’s power only “to collect the duties and imposts,” and that “there will be no invasion, no using of force against or among the people anywhere.”

Here is Lincoln, “the Great Emancipator,” telling the South that they can have slavery if they will pay the duties and imposts on imports. How many black students and whites brainwashed by Identity Politics are going to sit there and listen to such a tale and not strongly protest the racist professor justifying white supremacy and slavery?

So what happens to history when you can’t tell it as it is, but instead have to refashion it to fit the preconceived beliefs formed by Identity Politics? The so-called “civil war,” of course, is far from the only example.

In its document of secession, South Carolina made a case that the Constitutional contract had been broken by some of the northern states breaking faith with Article IV of the Constitution.

This is true. However, it is also true that the Southern states had no inclination to abide by Section 8 of Article I, which says that “Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises.” So, also the South by not accepting the tariff was not constitutionally pure.

Before history became politicized, historians understood that the North intended for the South to bear costs of the North’s development of industry and manufacturing. The agricultural South preferred the lower priced goods from England.

The South understood that a tariff on British goods would push import prices above the high northern prices and lower the South’s living standards in the interest of raising living standards in the North.

The conflict was entirely economic and had nothing whatsoever to do with slavery, which also had existed in the North. Indeed, some northern states had “exclusion ordinances” and anti-immigration provisions in their state constitutions that prohibited the immigration of blacks into northern states.



Related: Exclusion of Free Blacks

If freeing slaves were important to the North and avoiding tariffs was important to the South, one can imagine some possible compromises. For example, the North could have committed to building factories in the South.

As the South became industrialized, new centers of wealth would arise independently from the agricultural plantations that produced cotton exports. The labor force would adjust with the economy, and slavery would have evolved into free labor.

Unfortunately, there were too many hot heads. And so, too, today.

In America there is nothing on the horizon but hate. Everywhere you look in America you see nothing but hate.

Putin is hated. Russia is hated. Muslims are hated. Venezuela is hated. Assad is hated. Iran is hated. Julian Assange is hated. Edward Snowden is hated. White heterosexual males are hated. Confederate monuments are hated. Truth-tellers are hated. “Conspiracy theorists” are hated. No one escapes being hated.

Hate groups are proliferating, especially on the liberal/progressive/left. For example, RootsAction has discovered a statue of Robert E. Lee in the U.S. Capitol and urges all good people to demand its removal. Whether the level of ignorance that RootsAction personifies is real or just a fund-raising ploy, I do not know.



Robert Edward Lee was an American general known for commanding the Confederate Army of Northern Virginia in the American Civil War from 1862 until his surrender in 1865

But clearly RootsAction is relying on public ignorance in order to get the response that they want. In former times when the US had an educated population, everyone understood that there was a great effort to reconcile the North and South and that reconciliation would not come from the kind of hate-mongering that now infects RootsAction and most of the action groups and websites of the liberal/progressive/left.

Today our country is far more divided that it was in 1860. Identity Politics has taught Americans to hate each other, but, nevertheless, the zionist neoconservatives assure us that we are “the indispensable, exceptional people.”

We, a totally divided people, are said to have the right to rule the world and to bomb every country that doesn’t accept our will into the stone age.

In turn the world hates America. Washington has told too many lies about other countries and used those lies to destroy them. Iraq, Libya, Yemen, Afghanistan, Somalia, and large chunks of Syria and Pakistan are in ruins. Washington intends yet more ruin with Venezuela currently in the cross hairs.

Eleven years ago Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez resonated with many peoples when he said in his UN speech:


“Yesterday at this very podium stood Satan himself [Bush], speaking as if he owned the world; you can still smell the sulphur.”

It is difficult to avoid the conclusion that America is a font for hatred both at home and abroad.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Loneliness More Hazardous To Your Health Than Obesity Or Smoking
September 1 2017 | From: Mercola

Loneliness doesn't just affect your mind; it can also cause a number of health problems.




For example, previous research shows feeling lonely can raise your blood pressure up to 14 points, with greater increases the longer loneliness persists. With that, the risk for heart disease and dementia also increases.

Related: Five Lessons Most People Learn Way Too Late In Life + Three Profound Insights That Will Open Your Mind Wide

More recently, researchers concluded social isolation and loneliness may have more severe consequences than obesity and smoking. Other recent research reveals the brain-related changes associated with feelings of loneliness start to take place after as little as 24 hours of isolation.


Loneliness More Hazardous to Your Health Than Obesity

Negative emotions will invariably impact your physical well-being, and feeling lonely is no different. According to two meta analyses presented at the 2017 Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, loneliness and social isolation - which are similar but not identical - pose greater threats to public health than obesity, raising your risk for premature death by as much as 50 percent. As reported by Medical News Today:


"While loneliness and social isolation are often used interchangeably, there are notable differences between the two. Social isolation is defined as a lack of contact with other individuals, while loneliness is the feeling that one is emotionally disconnected from others.

In essence, a person can be in the presence of others and still feel lonely.

According to a 2016 Harris Poll of more than 2,000 adults in the U.S., around 72 percent reported having felt lonely at some point in their lives. Of these adults, around 31 percent reported feeling lonely at least once a week."

The first analysis, which looked at 148 studies involving more than 300,000 adults, found social isolation increased the risk of premature death by 50 percent.

The second, which evaluated 70 studies that included more than 3.4 million individuals, found social isolation, loneliness and living alone correlated with a 29 percent, 26 percent and 32 percent increased risk of mortality respectively.



Related: How To Effectively Manage Social Anxiety

Overall, this is comparable to the risk of premature death associated with obesity and other well-established risk factors for mortality, including the risks associated with smoking 15 cigarettes a day.


Other Health Risks Associated With Loneliness

According to the American Osteopathic Association, which commissioned the Harris Poll cited above, loneliness plays a role in many chronic health conditions, including pain, drug or alcohol abuse and depression. Recent studies have linked loneliness to an increased risk for Alzheimer's disease, heart attack and stroke, and lower survival rates for breast cancer patients.


Studies have also shown that people who are lonely are more likely to experience:

Higher levels of stress

Poor sleep

Increased inflammation

Reduced immune function





Related: How Trying To Be Happy Makes Us Unhappy & 6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important


Epidemic of Loneliness and Social Isolation Looms Large

According to a 2010 study on loneliness conducted by the AARP, an estimated 42.6 million Americans over the age of 45 suffer from chronic loneliness, and census data reveals more than 25 percent of the U.S. population live alone. Why is loneliness becoming an increasingly prevalent experience?


According to researchers, common reasons include:

Long work hours

Use of social media surpassing face-to-face interaction

Frequent travel for work

Living far from family

Delaying and/or forgoing marriage


Commenting on the Harris Poll on loneliness, Dr. Jennifer Caudle, assistant professor of family medicine at Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine noted:


"Loneliness is an invisible epidemic masked by our online personas, which are rarely representative of our real emotions. It's important for patients to understand how their mental and emotional well-being directly affects the body …

Face-to-face communication is critical for emotional and mental health. Seeking out meaningful human interactions makes patients happier and, ultimately, healthier overall."

In light of a growing population of seniors and the rising prevalence of social isolation in general, Julianne Holt-Lunstad, Ph.D., a professor of psychology who led the two meta-analyses, suggests we need to tackle loneliness both on an individual basis and as a society.


To do this, she suggests devoting resources to:

Social skills training for school-aged children

Training doctors to incorporate social connectedness evaluations into their medical screening

Seniors are also advised to prepare for the social implications of retirement, as many adults have few if any social networks outside of the workplace


The Mind-Body Connection

It truly is amazing how your mindset can influence your physical health. It's a powerful force that can either bolster or undermine your physical and mental health.

One reason for this has to do with epigenetics, which centers on the notion that environmental factors such as stress and diet influence your genetic expression.

It is the expression of your genes - not the genes themselves - that dictates whether you develop certain diseases or age prematurely.



Related: The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness

Your epigenome is readily influenced by physical and emotional stresses - how you respond to everything that happens in your environment, from final exams to childhood abuse. So, if you are chronically lonely, this negative emotion will influence the expression of your genes and thus impact your risk of developing disease.

This also explains why, as Dawson Church cites in his book "The Genie in Your Genes: Epigenetic Medicine and the New Biology of Intention," heart surgery patients who have a strong social support network and spiritual practice have one-seventh the mortality rate of those who don't!


Strategies to Address Loneliness



If you struggle with loneliness, you're certainly not alone. The question is what to do about it. Following are a number of suggestions and strategies pulled from a variety of sources that can help address loneliness.

Join a Club

Proactive approaches to meeting others include joining a club and planning get-togethers with family, friends or neighbors, Meetup.com is an online source where you can locate a vast array of local clubs and get-togethers. Despite the evils of Facebook, it is a place where you can find local community interest groups.

Many communities also have community gardens where you can benefit from the outdoors while mingling with your neighbors.


Learn a New Skill

Consider enrolling in a class or taking an educational course. Even learn a new language - begin with a free app like Duolingo and maybe consider taking classes as well.



Related: Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School


Create Rituals of Connection

As described by Baya Voce in the TED Talk above, rituals are a powerful means for reducing loneliness. Examples include having weekly talk sessions with your girlfriends and/or making meal time a special time to connect with your family without rushing.


Consider a Digital Cleanse

If your digital life has overtaken face-to-face interactions, consider taking a break from social media while taking proactive steps to meet people in person. Recent research shows Facebook may be more harmful than helpful to your emotional well-being, raising your risk of depression - especially if your contacts' posts elicit envy.



Related: A New, More Rigorous Study Confirms: The More You Use Facebook, The Worse You Feel

In one recent study, Facebook users who took a one-week break from the site reported significantly higher levels of life satisfaction and a significantly improved emotional life.


Make Good Use of Digital Media

For others, a phone call or text message can be a much-needed lifeline. As noted by Will Wright in his TED Talk, "digitizing empathy" can be a powerful way to help each other.

Examples of this include sending encouraging text messages to people who are struggling with loneliness, offering support and help to live healthier lives and follow through on healthy lifestyle changes.

In the U.K., seniors can call the Silver Line, a help line for older people where they can speak to a live person for as long as they wish. The help line is open 24 hours a day, year-round. The service receives an average of 10,000 calls per week.





Exercise with Others

Joining a gym or signing up with a fitness-directed club or team sport will create opportunities to meet people while improving your physical fitness at the same time.


Shop Locally

Routinely frequenting local shops, coffee shops or farmers markets will help you develop a sense of community and encourage the formation of relationships.


Talk to Strangers

Talking to strangers in the store, in your neighborhood or on your daily commute is often a challenge, but can have many valuable benefits, including alleviating loneliness (your own and others'). Talking to strangers builds bridges between ordinary people who may not otherwise forge a connection.

People of the opposite gender, different walks of life or different cultures hold a key to opening up to new ideas or making connections with old ones. In this short video, reporter for The Atlantic, Dr. James Hamblin, demonstrates techniques for learning how to talk with strangers.



Volunteer

Volunteering is another way to increase your social interactions and pave the way for new relationships. When you are feeling sad, lonely and / or depressed, often helping others not only takes your mind off your problems - but can give you a sense of accomplishment in helping others.


Adopt a Companion Pet

A dog or cat can provide unconditional love and comfort, and studies show that owning a pet can help protect against loneliness, depression and anxiety.

The bond that forms between a person and a companion pet can be incredibly fulfilling and serves, in many ways, as an important and rewarding relationship. The research on this is really quite profound.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

For instance, having a dog as a companion could add years to your life, as studies have shown that owning a dog played a significant role on survival rates in heart attack victims. Studies have also revealed that people on Medicaid or Medicare who own a pet make fewer visits to the doctor.


The unconditional acceptance and love an animal gives to their owner positively impacts their owner's emotional health in ways such as:

Boosting self-confidence and self-esteem

Helping to meet new friends and promoting communication between elderly residents and neighbors

Helping you cope with illness, loss and depression

Reducing stress levels

Providing a source of touch and affiliation


If you're looking for a furry friend, check out your local animal shelter. Most are filled with cats and dogs looking for someone to love. Petfinder.com is another excellent resource for finding a pet companion.


Move and / or Change Jobs

While the most drastic of all options, it may be part of the answer for some.



To make it worthwhile, be sure to identify the environment or culture that would fit your personality best and consider proximity to longtime friends and family.



Related Articles:

Magnesium found to treat Depression better than antidepressant drugs: New science

Stunning research finds that yoga and meditation literally “repair” your DNA to eliminate disease and depression

Meditation in VR: Virtually mindful

Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This website is optimised for viewing in Mozilla Firefox

Fair Dealing Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. With reference to The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994 such material is made available for critical, review, educational purposes and the reporting of current events. In accordance with The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Fair Use Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. It is believed that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi